Import GDB in its full glory (all 25mb). We'll put it on a diet once it's

fully registered.

(This is the second try, the first import ignored .info files but not .info-*
 files, for some reason.  I'm going to make this consistent.)

Reviewed by:	core
Approved for:	2.2

86 files changed, 14371 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/COPYING.LIB b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/COPYING.LIB
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb685a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/COPYING.LIB
@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
+		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+		       Version 2, June 1991
+
+ Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+                    675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+[This is the first released version of the library GPL.  It is
+ numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]
+
+			    Preamble
+
+  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
+freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
+Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
+free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
+
+  This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some
+specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any
+other libraries whose authors decide to use it.  You can use it for
+your libraries, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if
+you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
+or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
+you.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
+code.  If you link a program with the library, you must provide
+complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them
+with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling
+it.  And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
+
+  Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright
+the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal
+permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
+
+  Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain
+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
+library.  If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we
+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original
+version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on
+the original authors' reputations.
+
+  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
+patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free
+software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect
+transforming the program into proprietary software.  To prevent this,
+we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's
+free use or not licensed at all.
+
+  Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary
+GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs.  This
+license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain
+designated libraries.  This license is quite different from the ordinary
+one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is
+the same as in the ordinary license.
+
+  The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that
+they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a
+program and simply using it.  Linking a program with a library, without
+changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is
+analogous to running a utility program or application program.  However, in
+a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a
+derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License
+treats it as such.
+
+  Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General
+Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software
+sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries.  We
+concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.
+
+  However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the
+users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the
+libraries themselves.  This Library General Public License is intended to
+permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while
+preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free
+libraries that are incorporated in them.  (We have not seen how to achieve
+this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards
+changes in the actual functions of the Library.)  The hope is that this
+will lead to faster development of free libraries.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.  Pay close attention to the difference between a
+"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library".  The
+former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only
+works together with the library.
+
+  Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary
+General Public License rather than by this special one.
+
+		  GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+
+  0. This License Agreement applies to any software library which
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized
+party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library
+General Public License (also called "this License").  Each licensee is
+addressed as "you".
+
+  A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
+prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
+(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
+
+  The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
+which has been distributed under these terms.  A "work based on the
+Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
+copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
+portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
+straightforwardly into another language.  (Hereinafter, translation is
+included without limitation in the term "modification".)
+
+  "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
+making modifications to it.  For a library, complete source code means
+all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
+interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
+and installation of the library.
+
+  Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
+covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
+running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
+such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
+on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
+writing it).  Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
+and what the program that uses the Library does.
+  
+  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
+complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
+you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
+appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
+all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
+warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
+Library.
+
+  You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
+and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
+fee.
+
+  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
+of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
+
+    b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
+    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
+
+    c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
+    charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
+
+    d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
+    table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
+    the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
+    is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
+    in the event an application does not supply such function or
+    table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
+    its purpose remains meaningful.
+
+    (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
+    a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
+    application.  Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
+    application-supplied function or table used by this function must
+    be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
+    root function must still compute square roots.)
+
+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
+sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
+on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
+it.
+
+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
+collective works based on the Library.
+
+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
+with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
+the scope of this License.
+
+  3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
+License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library.  To do
+this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
+that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
+instead of to this License.  (If a newer version than version 2 of the
+ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
+that version instead if you wish.)  Do not make any other change in
+these notices.
+
+  Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
+that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
+subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
+
+  This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
+the Library into a program that is not a library.
+
+  4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
+derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
+under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
+it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
+must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
+medium customarily used for software interchange.
+
+  If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
+from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
+source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
+distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
+
+  5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
+Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
+linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library".  Such a
+work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
+therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
+
+  However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
+creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
+contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
+library".  The executable is therefore covered by this License.
+Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
+
+  When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
+that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
+derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
+Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
+linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library.  The
+threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
+
+  If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
+structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
+functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
+file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
+work.  (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
+Library will still fall under Section 6.)
+
+  Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
+distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
+Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
+whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
+
+  6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or
+link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
+work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
+under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
+modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications.
+
+  You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
+Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
+this License.  You must supply a copy of this License.  If the work
+during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
+copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
+directing the user to the copy of this License.  Also, you must do one
+of these things:
+
+    a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
+    machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
+    changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
+    Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
+    with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
+    uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
+    user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
+    executable containing the modified Library.  (It is understood
+    that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
+    Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
+    to use the modified definitions.)
+
+    b) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
+    least three years, to give the same user the materials
+    specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
+    than the cost of performing this distribution.
+
+    c) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
+    from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
+    specified materials from the same place.
+
+    d) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
+    materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
+
+  For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
+Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
+reproducing the executable from it.  However, as a special exception,
+the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally
+distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
+components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
+which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
+the executable.
+
+  It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
+restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
+accompany the operating system.  Such a contradiction means you cannot
+use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
+distribute.
+
+  7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
+facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
+library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
+the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
+permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
+
+    a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
+    based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
+    facilities.  This must be distributed under the terms of the
+    Sections above.
+
+    b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
+    that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
+    where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
+the Library except as expressly provided under this License.  Any
+attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
+distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
+rights under this License.  However, parties who have received copies,
+or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
+terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
+
+  9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
+signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
+distribute the Library or its derivative works.  These actions are
+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
+modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
+the Library or works based on it.
+
+  10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
+Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
+original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
+subject to these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
+this License.
+
+  11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
+may not distribute the Library at all.  For example, if a patent
+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
+refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
+
+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
+particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
+and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
+
+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
+integrity of the free software distribution system which is
+implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
+impose that choice.
+
+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
+
+  12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
+original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
+an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
+so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
+excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
+written in the body of this License.
+
+  13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
+versions of the Library General Public License from time to time.
+Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
+but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Library
+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
+"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
+the Free Software Foundation.  If the Library does not specify a
+license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
+the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
+programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
+write to the author to ask for permission.  For software which is
+copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
+Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this.  Our
+decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
+of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
+and reuse of software generally.
+
+			    NO WARRANTY
+
+  15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
+WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
+EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
+OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
+KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
+LIBRARY IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
+THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
+WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
+AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
+FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
+LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
+RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
+FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
+SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGES.
+
+		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+
+  If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
+everyone can redistribute and change.  You can do so by permitting
+redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
+ordinary General Public License).
+
+  To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library.  It is
+safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
+"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+    modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+    License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+    version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+    Library General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
+    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
+necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
+
+  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
+  library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
+
+  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
+  Ty Coon, President of Vice
+
+That's all there is to it!
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/ChangeLog b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b28ef2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1815 @@
+Tue Mar 19 22:02:07 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix for non-mangled pointer
+	arguments.
+
+Fri Mar  8 17:24:18 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: If srcdir is `.' and with_target_subdir is not
+	`.', then set MULTISRCTOP before calling config-ml.in.
+
+Thu Mar  7 13:37:10 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_open): Add debugging output option.
+
+Wed Mar  6 17:36:03 1996  Jason Merrill  <jason@yorick.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Fix for address-of-extern arguments.
+
+Tue Feb 27 12:00:50 1996  Raymond Jou  <rjou@mexican.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpwify_filename): Change 6 to 5 in
+	strncmp (unixname, "/tmp/", 5).
+	
+Tue Feb 20 10:55:53 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Initialize is_bool.  Correctly
+	handle 0 as a pointer value parameter.
+
+Mon Feb  5 16:41:44 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (all): Depend upon required-list.
+	(required-list): New target.
+	(clean): Remove required-list.
+
+Wed Jan 31 10:19:41 1996  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* win32.c: Deleted.
+	* config.table (i386-*-win32): Deleted.
+	* config/mh-i386win32: Deleted.
+
+Thu Jan 18 11:34:17 1996  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle_opname): Change opname parameter to
+	const char *.
+	(cplus_mangle_opname): Change return type and opname parameter to
+	const char *.  Don't cast return value.
+
+Tue Jan 16 12:13:11 1996  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c: Include Timer.h, in order to get m68k Microseconds trap
+	definition.
+
+Wed Jan  3 13:15:04 1996  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* obstack.c: Update copyright to 1996.
+	(_obstack_memory_used): Define new function.  Called via
+	obstack_memory_used macro.
+
+Thu Dec 28 11:39:40 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* xstrdup.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): Add xstrdup.c.
+	(REQUIRED_OFILES): Add xstrdup.o.
+	(xstrdup.o): New target.
+
+Mon Dec 11 18:18:52 1995  Mike Stump  <mrs@cygnus.com>
+
+	* atexit.c: New stub to provide atexit on systems that have
+	on_exit, like SunOS 4.1.x systems.
+	* functions.def (on_exit, atexit): Ditto.
+
+Mon Dec 11 15:42:14 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_abort): Remove decl.
+	(mpw_access): Move debugging printf.
+
+Sat Dec  2 01:25:23 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Consistently use ${host} rather than ${xhost} or
+	${target}.
+	* configure.in: Don't bother to set ${xhost} before calling
+	config.table.
+
+Tue Nov 28 14:16:57 1995  Brendan Kehoe  <brendan@lisa.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (.c.o): Use test instead of the left bracket, to
+	avoid problems with some versions of make.
+
+Tue Nov 28 11:45:17 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Fix INCDIR edit to work with Nov 14 change.
+
+Tue Nov 21 11:26:34 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@rtl.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mh-hpux: Remove.  It was only used to define EXTRA_OFILES,
+	which was set to just alloca.o, which is now automatically marked
+	as needed by the autoconfiguration process.
+
+Tue Nov 21 14:15:06 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Check ${with_cross_host} rather than comparing
+	${host} and ${target}.
+
+Thu Nov 16 14:34:42 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: If with_target_subdir is empty, set xhost to
+	${host} rather than ${target} before calling config.table.
+
+Tue Nov 14 01:38:30 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MULTITOP): Deleted.
+	(MULTISRCTOP, MULTIBUILDTOP): New.
+	(FLAGS_TO_PASS): Delete INCDIR.
+	(INCDIR): Add $(MULTISRCTOP).
+	(install_to_libdir): Add $(MULTISUBDIR).  Call $(MULTIDO).
+	* configure.in: Delete call to cfg-ml-com.in.  Call config-ml.in
+	instead of cfg-ml-pos.in.
+	(cross-compile check): Change to test for with_target_subdir.
+	(EXTRA_LINKS): Delete.
+
+Sun Nov 12 12:13:04 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Add getpagesize.c.o to needed-list.
+	* mpw.c [USE_MW_HEADERS]: Conditionalize compiling of
+	functions that are supplied by Metrowerks libraries.
+	(fstat): Clean up descriptor->pointer conversion code.
+	(InstallConsole, etc): Empty definitions, for when linking
+	with SIOUX.
+
+Sun Nov  5 19:25:27 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS):  Also pass PICFLAGS.
+	(.c.o):  Stylistic change.
+
+Thu Nov  2 12:06:29 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* strtol.c, strtoul.c: Don't include <stdlib.h>.  From
+	phdm@info.ucl.ac.be (Philippe De Muyter).
+
+Wed Nov  1 11:59:36 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in: Correct sed call.
+
+Mon Oct 30 13:03:45 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* configure.in:  Clean up / simplify for native.
+
+	* configure.in:  Merge in stuff from ../xiberty/configure.in.
+	* Makefile.in (CC):  Add definition (so it can be overrridden
+	by ../configure).
+
+Tue Oct 24 17:57:27 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.sed: Leave strerror.c.o in standard list of functions.
+	* mpw.c (R_OK, ENOENT, EACCESS, ENOSYS): Remove.
+	(link): Remove useless definition with error return.
+	(last_microseconds, warn_if_spin_delay, record_for_spin_delay):
+	Use UnsignedWide type for microsecond counts.
+
+Thu Oct 19 10:52:07 1995  Michael Meissner  <meissner@wogglebug.tiac.net>
+
+	* memcmp.c (memcmp): Argument types are const void *, not void
+	*const.
+
+	* strncasecmp.c (strncasecmp): Include ansidecl.h/stdarg.h, not
+	sys/types.h.
+	* strcasecmp.c (strcasecmp): Ditto.
+
+Tue Oct 10 11:03:24 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (BISON):  Remove macro.
+
+Tue Sep 26 15:06:46 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (HFILES): Add default empty definition.
+	* mpw-config.in (config.h): Only update if changed.
+	* mpw-make.in: Remove.
+	* mpw-make.sed: New file, edits Makefile.in into MPW makefile.
+	* mpw.c: Remove semi-clone of strerror code.
+	(sys_nerr, sys_errlist): Define here.
+	(Microseconds): Only define as A-line trap if m68k Mac.
+
+Wed Sep 20 12:53:32 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (maintainer-clean): New synonym for distclean.
+
+Mon Aug 28 19:47:52 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table:  For host, generalize rs6000-ibm-aix*
+	to *-ibm-aix* so we also include powerpc.
+
+Tue Aug 22 03:18:05 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Fri Jun 16 18:35:40 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* xstrerror.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in, vmsbuild.com: Compile it.
+
+Mon Jul 31 12:16:32 1995  steve chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table (i386-*-win32): New.
+
+Fri Jul 21 11:35:52 1995  Doug Evans  <dje@canuck.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MULTITOP): New variable.
+	(MULTIDIRS, MULTISUBDIR, MULTIDO, MULTICLEAN): Likewise.
+	(all): Add multilib support.
+	(install_to_tooldir, *clean): Likewise.
+
+Mon Jul 10 11:47:27 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cygnus.com>
+
+	* makefile.dos (OBJS): Add hex.o.  From DJ Delorie.
+
+Fri Jun 30 17:28:59 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* vmsbuild.com:  create "new-lib.olb", build libiberty under that
+	name, and then make it become "liberty.olb" when done, so that an
+	incomplete build attempt never leaves behind something which looks
+	like a complete library.
+
+Thu Jun 29 00:22:02 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mh-i386pe: New file for PE hosts.
+	* config.table: Understand PE hosts.
+
+Wed Jun 28 19:13:23 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Update from gcc.
+
+	* argv.c, dummy.c: If __STDC__, #include "alloca-conf.h" after
+        <stddef.h>.
+	* alloca-norm.h: If __STDC__, declare alloca with its parameter.
+
+Thu Jun 22 18:57:47 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	* mpw-make.in (ALL_CFLAGS): Define NEED_basename.
+	* mpw.c: Only test DebugPI once whenever printing debug info.
+	(mpwify_filename): If filename is /tmp/foo, change it into :_foo,
+	also fix to not write on input filename buffer.
+	(mpw_access): Use stat() instead of open(), works for directories
+	as well as files.
+
+Mon Jun 19 00:33:22 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Massage broken shells that require 'else true'.
+
+Sat Jun 17 23:21:58 1995  Fred Fish  <fnf@cygnus.com>
+
+	* alloca-norm.h: Declare alloca as type "PTR" to match functions.def.
+	Declare __builtin_alloca in the sparc case, as argv.c did.
+	* argv.c: Replace inline version of alloca-norm.h at start of file with
+	a #include of alloca-conf.h.  Precede it with an include of ansidecl.h
+	because alloca-norm.h needs to declare alloca as "PTR".
+
+Mon Jun 12 14:24:26 1995  Steve Chamberlain  <sac@slash.cygnus.com>
+
+	* win32.c: New file.
+
+Fri Jun  9 15:16:14 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* dummy.c: #include "alloca-conf.h".
+
+Wed Jun  7 11:46:23 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (mostlyclean): Remove stamp-picdir.
+	(clean): Don't.
+
+Mon Jun  5 18:46:06 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table (frags): Use toplevel pic frags.
+
+	* Makefile.in (PICFLAG): New macro.
+	(all): Depend on stamp-picdir.
+	(needed-list): Ditto.
+	(.c.o): Also build pic object.
+	(stamp-picdir): New rule.
+	(mostlyclean): Remove pic.
+	(clean): Remove stamp-picdir.
+
+Fri Mar 24 16:55:48 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* vmsbuild.com (config.h): Add `#define NEED_basename'.
+
+Tue May 23 10:12:46 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* clock.c, getopt.c, strtod.c, vsprintf.c:  Change from using LGPL
+	to libio-style copyright.
+	* getpagesize.c:  Remove FSF copyright.
+
+Sat May 20 12:30:23 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Added improved VMS support from Pat Rankin:
+
+	Fri Mar 17 18:40:36 1995  Pat Rankin  (rankin@eql.caltech.edu)
+
+	* vmsbuild.com:  new file.
+
+	* getpagesize.c (getpagesize):  implement for VMS;
+	* strerror.c (strerror, strerrno, strtoerrno):  add rudimentary
+	support for EVMSERR.
+
+Thu May 18 17:01:42 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@kr-laptop.cygnus.com>
+
+	Wed May 10 14:28:16 1995 Richard Earnshaw (rearnsha@armltd.co.uk)
+
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_arm_ext): Define.
+
+Tue May 16 13:30:59 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* basename.c, bcmp.c, getcwd.c, insque.c, rename.c, sigsetmask.c,
+	strerror.c, strsignal.c:  Remove FSF copyright.
+	* sigsetmask.c: #include <sys/types.h> - seems to be needed by ISC.
+
+Mon May 15 19:53:17 1995  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* bcopy.c, bzero.c, memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memset.c, strchr.c,
+	strrchr.c, strstr.c, vfork.c:  Remove FSF Copyright, because this
+	might contaminate libstdc++ with the LGPL.  (OK'd by RMS 11 Oct 94.)
+	* strchr.c, strrchr.c:  Add cast to suppress const warning.
+
+Thu May  4 14:36:42 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Use const instead of CONST.  Don't include
+        ansidecl.h directly.
+
+Wed Apr 19 01:30:27 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Don't include libiberty.h.  Do declare xmalloc and
+        xrealloc.
+	(-DMAIN): Don't rely on an externally-defined version number;
+        instead, require the version number to be defined as a
+        preprocessor macro.  Handle the RS/6000 leading dot.  Define
+        xmalloc, xrealloc and fatal.  Don't strip a leading underscore
+        if we couldn't demangle the word.
+
+Tue Apr  4 13:03:51 1995  Stan Shebs  <shebs@andros.cygnus.com>
+
+	(Old mpw.c change descriptions retained for informational value.)
+	* mpw.c (warning_threshold): Default to .4 sec.
+	(overflow_count, current_progress): New globals.
+	(warn_if_spin_delay): Include current progress type,
+	such as program name, in message.
+	(mpw_start_progress): Set current_progress variable from arg.
+	(mpw_end_progress): Report spin delays by power-of-two-size
+	buckets instead of constant-size buckets.
+
+	* mpw.c: Clean up formatting, types, returns, etc.
+	(ENOSYS): Define.
+	(mpw_fread, mpw_fwrite): Define.
+	(sleep): Define correctly.
+
+	* mpw.c: New code to implement cursor spinning support.
+	(umask): New function.
+	(mpw_fopen, mpw_fseek, stat, fstat): Call PROGRESS.
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_basename, mpw_mixed_basename): New functions, find
+	basenames for MPW and MPW/Unix filenames.
+	(mpw_special_init): New function, calls Macsbug if desired.
+
+	* mpw.c: Add GPL notice.
+	(mpwify_filename): Add more transformations.
+	(mpw_fopen): Call mpwify_filename on file names.
+	(rename): Remove.
+	(chdir, getcwd): Add simple definitions.
+
+	* mpw.c: Random cleanups, remove unused code bits.
+	Added copy of strerror.c for gcc's use.
+	(stat, fstat, _stat): New versions based on Guido van Rossum code.
+
+	* mpw.c (mpw_fseek): Make it work correctly when doing SEEK_CUR.
+
+	* mpw.c (stat): Remove hack definition, get from sys/stat.h.
+	(fork, vfork, etc): Print error messages if called.
+	(getrusage, sbrk, environ, isatty, link, utime, mkdir, rmdir,
+	rename, chown): Define.
+
+	* mpw-config.in: New file, MPW version of configure.in.
+	* mpw-make.in: New file, MPW version of Makefile.in.
+	* mpw.c: New file, MPW compatibility routines.
+
+Fri Mar 24 14:10:30 1995  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* basename.c: Include config.h before checking for NEED_basename.
+
+Thu Mar 23 19:09:54 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* functions.def: Add DEFFUNC for basename.
+
+	* basename.c: Only define basename if NEED_basename.
+
+Thu Mar 16 13:36:05 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* config.table: Fix --enable-shared logic for native builds.
+
+Mon Mar 13 11:05:11 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Demangle bool literals properly.
+
+Mon Mar  6 23:57:28 1995  Stu Grossman  (grossman@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtol.c strtoul.c:  Replace these with less buggy versions from
+	NetBSD.  (strtoul in particular couldn't handle base 16.)
+
+Wed Mar  1 15:59:01 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* config/mt-vxworks5 (HDEFINES): Define NO_SYS_PARAM_H.
+
+	* clock.c: If NO_SYS_PARAM_H is defined, don't include
+	<sys/param.h>.
+	* getcwd.c, getpagesize.c, getruntime.c: Likewise.
+
+Fri Feb 17 15:40:55 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* getruntime.c (get_run_time): Don't assume that CLOCKS_PER_SEC is
+	a number; ANSI appears to permit any expression, including a
+	function call.
+
+	* config.table (*-*-vxworks5*): Use mt-vxworks5 when configuring
+	xiberty.
+	* config/mt-vxworks5: New file.
+
+Thu Feb  9 14:19:45 1995  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@cygnus.com>
+
+	* basename.c (basename): Change argument to be const.
+
+Wed Feb  8 18:06:52 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): Don't worry about xmalloc.
+
+Sun Jan 15 00:40:36 1995  Jeff Law  (law@snake.cs.utah.edu)
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Delete xhost-mkfrag.
+
+Thu Jan 12 16:54:18 1995  Jason Merrill  <jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): If alloca.o is needed, so is xmalloc.o.
+
+Wed Jan 11 22:39:56 1995  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* hex.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES, CFILES): List it.
+	(hex.o): Add dependencies.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): For GNU style constructor and
+	destructor names, try demangling the remainder of the string.
+
+Wed Dec 28 00:49:15 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  <ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com>
+
+	* vasprintf.c (int_vasprintf): New static function.
+	(vasprintf): Use int_vasprintf.  Removes assumption that va_list
+	is assignment compatible.
+
+Sat Nov  5 19:29:12 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (LIBCFLAGS): New variable.
+	(FLAGS_TO_PASS): Pass it.
+	(.c.o): Use it.
+
+Thu Nov  3 19:09:47 1994  Ken Raeburn  <raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com>
+
+	* getopt.c, getopt1.c: Do compile these functions under Linux,
+	since many native versions are based on glibc but are buggy.
+
+Mon Oct 24 15:16:46 1994  Per Bothner  <bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com>
+
+	* vasprintf.c:  Make 'format' arg be const, to avoid a mismatch
+	with prototype in GNU libc.  Support stdarg.h as well as varargs.h.
+
+Tue Oct 11 17:48:27 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@phydeaux.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES): Add vasprintf.o.
+	* functions.def: Remove vasprintf.
+
+Wed Sep 14 17:04:55 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (first_break): New static variable.
+	(xmalloc_set_program_name): Record sbrk (0) in first_break.
+	(xmalloc): If memory allocation fails, try to report how much
+	memory was allocated by the program up to this point.
+	(xrealloc): Likewise.
+
+Sun Sep 04 17:58:10 1994  Richard Earnshaw (rwe@pegasus.esprit.ec.org)
+
+	* Makefile.in (ERRORS_CC): New variable, defaulted to $(CC).  Use it
+	when linking dummy.
+	* config.table: Add host RISCiX Makefile frag.
+	* config/mh-riscix: New file.
+
+Thu Aug 25 17:29:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (FLAGS_TO_PASS): Define.
+	($(RULE1)): Use $(FLAGS_TO_PASS).
+
+Wed Aug 24 17:08:47 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* vasprintf.c: Include <string.h>.
+	(vasprintf): Add casts to void for va_arg to avoid gcc warnings.
+	* xatexit.c: Declare malloc.
+
+Fri Aug 19 15:29:12 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_args): Fix a bug in previous patch (the
+	one below).
+
+Thu Aug 18 14:37:14 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle args): Handle ARM repeat encoding where
+        the type index is greater than 9.
+
+Wed Aug 17 16:13:49 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified): accept optional '_' between
+	qualified name. This is baecause the template name may end with
+	numeric and can mixed up with the length of next qualified name.
+
+Wed Aug  3 05:52:14 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mt-sunos4: Use our standard location for cross-includes
+	and cross-libs when the target is also a "host" environment (ie no
+	newlib; includes and such don't belong to us).  This is specific
+	to the Cygnus Support environment.
+
+Tue Aug  2 15:25:12 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)        
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): demangle as xxx<'Q'> not 
+	xxx<ch=81>.
+
+Mon Aug  1 17:02:48 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (main): flush stdout to make pipe work.
+
+Sat Jul 16 12:56:32 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table (*-*-cxux7*):  Recognize.
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_m88110_ext) [HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT]:
+	Harris-specific float format.
+	* config/mh-cxux7: New file.
+
+Wed Jun 29 00:26:17 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template):  Make sure that the result of
+	consume_count doesn't index beyond the end of the string.
+
+Mon Jun 20 23:54:37 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special):  Handle vtable mangling of gcc-2.4.5 and
+	earlier. Improve test for new vtable mangling. Change output back
+	to `virtual table'.
+
+Mon Jun 20 11:37:30 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@sanguine.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c: Always compile this code, even if using the GNU
+	library.  Avoids problems with relatively recent binary
+	incompatibility.
+
+Thu Jun 16 17:54:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Include libiberty.h.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc, free): Don't declare.
+	(strstr): Don't declare parameters.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Don't define.
+	(long_options): Add no-strip-underscores.
+	(main): Call xmalloc_set_program_name.  Pass n in short options to
+	getopt_long.  Handle option 'n' to not strip underscores.
+	(usage): Mention -n and --no-strip-underscores.
+
+Sun Jun 12 01:37:09 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): Separate consecutive >'s with a
+        space.
+	(gnu_special): Demangle template and qualified names in a vtable name.
+
+Fri May 27 12:27:52 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	From gas-2.3 and binutils-2.4 net releases:
+
+	Wed May 11 22:32:00 1994  DJ Delorie (dj@ctron.com)
+
+	* makefile.dos: [new] Makefile for dos/go32
+	* configure.bat: update for latest files
+	* msdos.c: remove some functions now in libc.a
+
+Fri May 20 18:53:32 1994  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special):  Recognize thunks, as well as
+	the new naming style for vtables (when -fvtable-thunks).
+
+Wed May 18 13:34:06 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (XTRAFLAGS): Don't define.
+	(.c.o, dummy.o): Don't use XTRAFLAGS.
+	($(RULE1)): Don't pass XTRAFLAGS down in recursive call.
+
+Fri May 13 16:02:12 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* vasprintf.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def: Add it.
+
+Fri May 13 16:20:28 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_fund_type): Grok bool.
+
+Fri May  6 14:44:21 1994  Steve Chamberlain  (sac@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Add go32  
+	* config/mh-go32: New template.
+
+Fri May  6 11:01:59 1994  D. V. Henkel-Wallace  (gumby@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table, config/mt-sunos4: config for when sun4 is cross target.
+
+Mon Apr 11 00:54:33 1994  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GCC__] [not __STDC__]:
+        Declare strlen to return int.  Don't include stddef.h.
+
+Fri Apr  1 00:38:17 1994  Jim Wilson  (wilson@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c: Delete use of IN_GCC to control whether
+        stddef.h or gstddef.h is included.
+
+Thu Apr 14 14:00:56 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Fix a bug in template function
+	type numbering.
+
+Wed Apr 13 17:23:03 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature): Fix template function with arm
+	style argument type number, Tn.
+
+Wed Apr 13 17:11:15 1994  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (optable): Add new[] and delete[].
+
+Fri Apr  8 11:21:42 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c (buildargv): Don't produce empty argument just because
+	there is trailing whitespace.
+
+Wed Apr  6 11:42:14 1994  Kung Hsu  (kung@mexican.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template): fix 'Q' qualified name bug.
+	Handle 'p' same as 'P'.
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type): Handle 'p' same as 'P'.
+
+Sat Mar 26 12:00:13 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* floatformat.c (get_field, put_field):  Fix off by one error in
+	little endian case.
+
+Thu Mar 24 10:40:19 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c (floatformat_from_double): Pass unsigned char *,
+	not char *, to put_field.
+
+Fri Mar 18 12:34:33 1994  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* memmove.c:  Re-wrote;  placed in public domain.
+
+Wed Mar 16 10:33:07 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): If ARM demangling, don't treat
+	__Q* as a constructor.
+
+Mon Mar 14 12:26:02 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.c: Removed; no longer used.
+	* Makefile.in: Changed accordingly.
+
+Mon Mar  7 12:28:17 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c (get_field): Removed unused local variable i.
+	(put_field): Removed unused local variable i.
+
+Sun Feb 27 21:50:11 1994  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* floatformat.c: New file, intended to replace ieee-float.c.
+	* Makefile.in: Change accordingly.
+
+Thu Feb 24 11:51:12 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: Remove #ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT and #if 0 code.
+	 (_getopt_initialize): New function, broken out of _getopt_internal. 
+	 (_getopt_internal): 
+	 If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+	 a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+	 a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+	 way to give the -f short option.
+
+Thu Feb 10 14:44:16 1994  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GNUC__] [not IN_GCC]:
+        Test just __STDC__, not emacs.
+
+Wed Feb  9 00:14:00 1994  Richard Stallman  (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c [not __GNU_LIBRARY__] [__GNUC__] [not IN_GCC]
+        [emacs] [not __STDC__]: Don't include stddef.h.  Don't declare strlen.
+
+Fri Dec 24 19:43:00 1993  Noah Friedman  (friedman@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c (_NO_PROTO): Define before config.h is included.
+
+Mon Sep 20 15:59:03 1993  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c, getopt1.c [emacs || CONFIG_BROKETS]: Include
+	<config.h> only under these, else "config.h".
+
+Thu Aug 12 18:16:49 1993  Roland McGrath  (roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu)
+
+        * getopt.c, getopt1.c [HAVE_CONFIG_H]: Include
+        <config.h> instead of "config.h".
+
+Sun Feb 20 17:17:01 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* concat.c: Check ANSI_PROTOTYPES rather than __STDC__ to decide
+	whether to use prototypes or not.
+	* strerror.c (const): Never undefine; let ansidecl.h handle it.
+	* strsignal.c (const): Likewise.
+
+Thu Feb 17 13:27:35 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xatexit.c (_xexit_cleanup): Declare as extern; don't initialize.
+	Merging common and initialized variables need not be supported by
+	ANSI C compilers.
+	(xatexit): Initialize _xexit_cleanup if not already set.
+	* xexit.c: Comment fix.
+
+Wed Feb 16 01:15:36 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c: Don't declare xexit; it's declared in libiberty.h.
+	(xrealloc): If oldmem is NULL, allocate with malloc, rather than
+	assuming that realloc works correctly.
+
+Tue Feb 15 09:26:16 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* concat.c, ieee-float.c:  Replace inclusion of <string.h>
+	with explicit function declarations, as recommended by Ian Taylor.
+
+Sat Feb 12 10:31:11 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Use PTR and size_t throughout.
+	(malloc, realloc): Declare.
+
+Thu Feb 10 17:08:19 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c, basename.c: Include ansidecl.h and libiberty.h.
+	* concat.c, fdmatch.c, getruntime.c, spaces.c: Likewise.
+	* strerror.c, strsignal.c, xatexit.c, xexit.c: Likewise.
+	* xmalloc.c: Likewise.
+	* concat.c: Don't declare xmalloc.  If __STDC__, use <stdarg.h>
+	macros, not <varargs.h> macros.
+	* spaces.c (spaces): Make return type const.  Don't crash if
+	malloc returns NULL.
+	* strerror.c (struct error_info): Make name and msg fields const.
+	(error_names): Make const.
+	(strerrno): Make const.
+	(strtoerrno): Make argument const.
+	* strsignal.c (struct signal_info): Make name and msg fields
+	const.
+	(signal_names, sys_siglist): Make const.
+	(strsignal, strsigno): Make const.
+	(strtosigno): Make argument const.
+	* xatexit.c: Declare parameter types.
+	* xmalloc.c (name): Make const.
+	(xmalloc_set_program_name): Make argument const.
+	* Makefile.in (INCDIR): Define.
+	(.c.o): Use $(INCDIR).
+	(dummy.o): Likewise.
+	(argv.o, basename.o): New targets; depend on libiberty.h.
+	(concat.o, fdmatch.o, getruntime.o, spaces.o): Likewise.
+	(strerror.o, strsignal.o, xatexit.o, xexit.o): Likewise.
+	(xmalloc.o): Likewise.
+	(cplus-dem.o): New target; depend on demangle.h.
+	(getopt.o, getopt1.o): New targets; depend on getopt.h.
+	(ieee-float.o): New target; depend on ieee-float.h.
+	(obstack.o): New target; depend on obstack.h.
+
+Tue Feb  8 05:29:08 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	Handle obstack_chunk_alloc returning NULL.  This allows
+	obstacks to be used by libraries, without forcing them
+	to call exit or longjmp.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1, _obstack_newchunk):
+	If CALL_CHUNKFUN returns NULL, set alloc_failed, else clear it.
+	(_obstack_begin, _obstack_begin_1): Return 1 if successful, 0 if not.
+
+Tue Feb  8 00:32:28 1994  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* concat.c, ieee-float.c:  Include <string.h>.
+
+Sun Feb  6 21:28:46 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc_set_program_name): New function.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Include the name in the error message, if set.
+
+	* Replace atexit.c with xatexit.c.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES), functions.def: Change references.
+
+Sat Feb  5 14:02:32 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getruntime.c (get_run_time): Use getrusage or times if
+	HAVE_GETRUSAGE or HAVE_TIMES are defined.
+
+Fri Feb  4 15:49:38 1994  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* atexit.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES), functions.def: Add it.
+	* xexit.c: New file.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES, REQUIRED_OFILES): Add it.
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Call xexit instead of exit.
+	Change request for 0 bytes into request for 1 byte.
+
+Wed Feb  2 11:36:49 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* xmalloc.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Print size using %lu, and cast to
+	unsigned long, to avoid warnings.
+
+Fri Jan 28 17:49:06 1994  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cujo.cygnus.com)
+
+	* dummy.c: Don't include time.h ever; always define clock_t as
+	"unsigned long".  Until gcc/fixincludes ensures that clock_t
+	exists, __STDC__ isn't a sufficient test.  And if clock() doesn't
+	exist, clock_t probably doesn't either.
+
+Mon Jan 24 11:52:31 1994  Stan Shebs  (shebs@andros.cygnus.com)
+
+	* clock.c, getruntime.c: New files.
+	* Makefile.in: Add to file lists.
+	* functions.def (clock): Add to list.
+	* dummy.c (time.h): Add if __STDC__.
+	(clock_t): #define as "unsigned long" if not __STDC__.
+
+Tue Jan 11 11:27:44 1994  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtod.c: Declare atof.  From edler@jan.ultra.nyu.edu (Jan
+	Edler).
+
+Tue Dec 28 14:17:30 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (errors): Use CFLAGS as well as LDFLAGS when
+	linking.
+
+Fri Dec 17 12:26:07 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_arm_pt): New function.  Common code
+	for ARM template demangling.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_class_name): Use demangle_arm_pt.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix): Likewise.
+
+Tue Nov 30 15:47:48 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle_opname): Add CONST to please gcc.
+
+Sat Nov 27 11:05:50 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	Merge changes from tom@basil.icce.rug.nl (Tom R.Hageman)
+	* strerror.c, strsignal.c:  As a small space optimization, don't
+	include messages when they aren't actually used.
+
+	Merge changes from takefive.co.at!joe (Josef Leherbauer)
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix, demangle_function_name,
+	cplus_demangle_opname):  Fixes for systems where cplus_marker
+	is something other than '$'.
+
+Fri Nov 26 13:51:11 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* waitpid.c:  Simple-minded approcimation to waitpid
+	using vanilla wait.
+	* functions.def, Makefile.in:  Update accordingly,
+
+Thu Nov 18 18:01:15 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c(demangle_template): fix bug template instantiation
+	with value of user defined type.
+
+Wed Nov 17 18:30:21 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c(cplus_demangle_opname): add the subject new function
+	to support unified search of operator in class.
+
+Wed Nov 10 09:47:22 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	gcc -Wall lint:
+	* strtoul.c (strtoul): use "(digit = *s) != '\0'" not just
+	"digit = *s" as condition in while loop.
+
+Tue Nov  9 15:52:22 1993  Mark Eichin  (eichin@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: pass SHELL to recursive make
+
+Thu Nov  4 12:09:26 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@kalessin.cygnus.com)
+
+	* vfprintf.c, vprintf.c, vsprintf.c:  Make format arg
+	be (const char*), for ANSI (and gcc w/fixproto) consistency.
+
+Thu Nov  4 08:29:04 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Make *-*-hiux* use mh-hpux.
+
+Fri Oct 22 07:53:15 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Add * to end of all OS names.
+
+Tue Oct 19 17:12:01 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (lneeded-list): ensure that object file names are
+	  not duplicated, as multiple instances of the same object file in
+	  a library causes problems on some machines
+
+Mon Oct 18 21:59:28 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strcasecmp.c, strncasecmp.c: Change u_char to unsigned char.
+
+Fri Oct 15 22:17:11 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strncasecmp.c: new file, implements strncasecmp
+	* strcasecmp.c: new file, implement strcasecmp
+
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES): list these two new source files
+
+	* functions.def: add strcasecmp and strncasecmp entries
+
+Fri Oct 15 14:53:05 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtoul.c (strtoul), strtol.c (strtol): Handle overflow
+	according to ANSI C.
+
+Thu Oct 14 16:34:19 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: add support of ARM global constructor/destructor,
+	and 'G' for passing record or union in parameter.
+
+Wed Oct 13 13:36:19 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Fix comment to clarify that stuff in REQUIRED_OFILES
+	should not be in functions.def.
+
+Wed Oct 13 13:13:38 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@tweedledumb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* functions.def: Removed xmalloc.  Stuff in REQUIRED_OFILES should
+	not be in functions.def.
+
+Mon Oct  4 18:26:39 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: change globl constructor/destructor to proper name
+
+Tue Sep 28 18:11:07 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix bug in constructor/destructor
+
+Tue Sep 28 16:20:49 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: support both old and new _vt$... vtbl mangled names
+
+Fri Sep 24 19:07:16 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Fix demangle_template prototype
+
+Fri Sep 24 17:32:55 1993  Kung Hsu  (kung@cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix template demangling
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix const type demangling
+	* cplus-dem.c: fix constructor/destructor, virtual table,
+	qualifier, global constructor/destructor demangling
+
+Wed Sep  1 23:13:11 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c, strerror.c: Use fully-bracketed initializer to
+	keep gcc -Wall happy.
+
+Fri Aug 27 10:30:09 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type): Add CONSTS to make gcc happy with last
+	patch.
+
+Fri Aug 27 11:24:54 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	Patch from Paul Flinders:
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type): Deal with arrays.
+
+Tue Aug 24 14:23:50 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified: Deal with GNU format for more
+	than 9 classes.
+
+Wed Aug 18 19:50:29 1993  Jason Merrill  (jason@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (dummy.o): Redirect to /dev/null to avoid "variable
+	not initialized" warnings under HP/UX
+
+Sun Aug 15 20:42:40 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strerror.c: Move include of stdio.h after sys_errlist #define.
+	Also remove NULL definition (stdio.h always defines NULL, so it
+	never did anything but clutter up the code).
+
+Sat Aug 14 14:21:49 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def: handle xmalloc.c
+
+	* xmalloc.c: provide xmalloc and xrealloc functions
+
+Thu Aug 12 17:38:57 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Fix a comment.
+
+Sat Aug  7 13:56:35 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt1.c: Declare const the way getopt.c does.
+
+Fri Aug  6 17:03:13 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c, alloca.c: Update from FSF.
+	* getopt.c, getopt1.c: Update to current FSF version, which
+	doesn't use alloca. 
+
+Tue Jul 27 14:03:57 1993  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (demangle): Add the target with a message saying
+	where demangle went.
+
+Mon Jul 26 15:49:54 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Remove obsolete `demangle' target.
+
+Thu Jul 22 08:31:01 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (arm_special):  Apply patch from arg@lucid.com to
+	avoid infinite loop on vtbl symbols with disambiguating "junk"
+	tacked on the end.
+
+Mon Jul 19 14:10:37 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c: work around some systems losing definitions of
+	sys_siglist
+
+	* config/mh-lynxos: this system has a losing definition of
+	sys_siglist
+
+	* config.table: use mh-lynxos for *-*-lynxos
+
+Mon Jul 19 17:08:52 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table: Add support for HPPA BSD hosts.
+
+	* config/mh-hpbsd: New file.
+
+Mon Jul 12 18:00:40 1993  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (TAGS): make work when srcdir != objdir.
+
+Sun Jun 27 15:35:31 1993  David J. Mackenzie  (djm@thepub.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (main): Add long options, including --help and
+	--version.
+	(usage): New function from code in main.
+
+Tue Jun 22 11:37:38 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config.table:  New shell scipt, sourced by both ./configure,in
+	and ../xiberty/configure.in, to avoid maintainance lossages.
+	* configure.in and ../xiberty/configure.in:  Use config.table.
+
+	* configure.in: Don't use mh-aix for AIX 3.2, only for 3.1.
+	* configure.in: Map *-*-irix* (except irix4) to mh-sysv.
+	* ../xiberty/configure.in:  Update from ./configure.in.
+
+Tue Jun 15 17:05:31 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove parentdir support
+
+Wed May 26 12:59:09 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (xrealloc):  Match definition with prototype.
+
+Tue May 25 14:27:51 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix):  Demangle cfront
+	local variables as an extension to ARM demangling.
+
+Fri May 21 09:53:57 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.c: Don't require pointers to double to be aligned.
+
+Tue May 18 17:12:10 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+        (merge changes from dlong@cse.ucsc.edu)
+	* cplus-dem.c (consume_count):  Simplify.
+	* cplus-dem.c (arm_pt, demangle_class_name):  New functions.
+	* cplus-dem.c (various):  Calls to arm_pt, demangle_class_name.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (xmalloc, xrealloc, strstr):  Make extern decls into
+	full prototypes.
+	* cplus-dem.c (free):  Add prototype.
+	* cplus-dem.c (optable):  Fully bracketize initializer.
+
+Fri May 14 17:13:05 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Whether initial underscores are stripped
+	depends on the external variable prepends_underscore
+	(which is generated by the binutils Makefile).
+
+Fri May 14 07:32:20 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (mop_up, arm_special): Remove some unused variables.
+
+Tue May  4 20:31:59 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (consume_count):  Return zero if arg does not
+	start with digit, and don't consume any input.
+
+Tue May  4 08:10:28 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (demangle): Use ${srcdir} not $^.
+
+	* strtod.c: New file, needed at least for BSD 4.3.
+
+Sun May  2 11:30:42 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c (sys_siglist):  For ANSI compilations, type is
+	"const char *const".  Also remove conditionalization on __STDC__
+	since const is defined away for non-ANSI.
+
+Wed Apr 28 19:29:55 1993  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@deneb.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: Recognize *-*-hpux.
+	* config/mh-hpux: New file.
+
+Tue Apr 27 15:22:19 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* tmpnam.c:  Added ANSI tmpnam() function.
+	* functions.def, Makefile.in:  Update accordingly.
+
+Tue Apr 27 13:38:38 1993  Peter Schauer  (pes@regent.e-technik.tu-muenchen.de)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_function_name): Get the demangling of
+	stop__1A right.
+
+Fri Apr 16 23:48:24 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon at calvin)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: Declare strstr return type.
+
+Fri Mar 26 12:01:26 1993  Jim Kingdon  (kingdon@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c: Add some AIX signals.
+
+Thu Mar 25 15:17:23 1993  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (MAKEOVERRIDES): Define to be empty.
+
+Wed Mar 24 01:59:25 1993  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at poseidon.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: add installcheck & dvi targets
+
+Thu Mar 18 14:05:44 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* ieee-float.c:  New file, moved from ../gdb (since it is
+	needed by ../opcode/m68k-dis.c).
+
+Tue Mar  2 17:47:31 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Replace all references to cfront with ARM.
+
+Fri Feb 26 00:17:07 1993  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  Fix main program (when compiled with -DMAIN)
+	to be more useful as a filter.
+
+Sat Feb 20 21:41:39 1993  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (install_to_libdir, install_to_tooldir): Go into the
+	destination directory before running $(RANLIB), in case that
+	program tries to create a file in the current directory as part of
+	its work.
+
+Thu Feb 18 23:00:19 1993  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c (sys_siglist):  Remove yet another *%^&%&$# "const"
+	because BSD 4.4 lacks one.  Isn't this fun?
+
+Thu Feb 18 11:24:25 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature):  Set func_done after
+	demangling a template.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_template):  Fix several small bugs
+	in demangling GNU style templates.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_prefix):  Fix for templates in GNU
+	style constructors.
+	* cplus-dem.c (gnu_special):  Fix for templates in GNU style
+	static data members.
+
+Tue Feb 16 17:28:35 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature):  Modify to include type
+	modifiers like static and const in remembered types.
+
+Thu Feb 11 22:20:47 1993  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangled_qualified):  Add new parameter that tells
+	whether to prepend or append the qualifiers.
+	* cplus-dem.c (string_prepends):  Used now, remove #if 0.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_signature):  Call demangle_qualified
+	with prepending.
+	* cplus_dem.c (gnu_special):  Recognize static data members that
+	use qualified names.
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_qualified):  Accumulate qualifiers in a
+	temporary buffer and the prepend or append them to the result,
+	as specified by the new "append" flag.
+	* cplus-dem.c (do_type):  Call demangled_qualified with
+	appending.
+
+Mon Dec 28 10:47:19 1992  Ken Raeburn  (raeburn@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c (signal_table): Now const.
+	(init_signal_tables): Variable eip now points to const.
+
+	* strerror.c (error_table): Now const.
+	(init_error_tables): Variable eip now points to const.
+
+Tue Dec 15 15:36:50 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* memchr.c (memchr):  New (ANSI standard) function.
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def:  Added memchr.
+	* Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS): Use rc instad of non-standard cq.
+
+Wed Dec  2 22:49:10 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: remove use of USG around <alloca.h>, which never meant
+	anything anyway
+
+	* config/mh-{aix,apollo68,ncr3000,sysv,sysv4}: removed definitions
+	of USG and USGr4
+
+Thu Nov 19 03:09:33 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@lisa.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (demangle_fund_type): Recognize `w', a wide character;
+	it's now a type according to the ANSI X3J16 working paper; output
+	"wchar_t" for it.
+	(demangle_template): Accept `w' as an integral type.
+	(xmalloc, xrealloc): Use `char *', not `PTR'.  Cast calls to their
+	counterparts malloc and realloc to `char *'.
+	(main): Exit with a 0 status.
+	* Makefile.in (demangle): Don't expect the user to define
+	DEMANGLE, instead force to be cplus-dem.c.  Look in $(srcdir)/../include
+	for demangle.h.  Pass it any HDEFINES or XTRAFLAGS.
+
+Wed Nov 18 18:56:20 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (AR_FLAGS):  Avoid verbosity.
+	* config/mh-sysv4:  Remove AR_FLAGS override, use INSTALL=cp,
+	replace USGr4 with HAVE_SYSCONF.
+	* config/mh-solaris:  Remove; mh-sysv4 works now.
+	* getpagesize.c:  Replace USGr4 with HAVE_SYSCONF.
+	* configure.in:  Simplify host matching table, remove separate
+	solaris config file.
+
+Sun Nov 15 09:35:16 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in (i[34]86-*-solaris2*):  Add, use mh-sysv4.
+
+Tue Nov  3 21:27:03 1992  Brendan Kehoe  (brendan@cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Add decls.
+	(remember_type): Don't cast xmalloc.
+	(string_need): Likewise; don't cast xrealloc either.
+
+Fri Oct 23 08:52:01 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, functions.defs, rename.c: added simple
+	implementation of rename, since some binutils programs use it.
+
+Thu Oct 15 15:18:22 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* strsignal.c:  Add appropriate 'const' to sys_siglist
+	extern declaration (if __STDC__).  (Needed for Linux.)
+	* strsignal.c (strsignal): Add cast to remove const-ness.
+
+Fri Oct  9 03:22:55 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (needed.awk, needed2.awk):  Remove erroneous \'s
+	before "'s, diagnosed by BSD 4.4 awk.
+
+Thu Oct  8 15:25:12 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: create config.h and needed-list through $(CONFIG_H)
+	and $(NEEDED_LIST), to give some hooks for xiberty.
+
+Thu Oct  1 23:31:42 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in: use cpu-vendor-triple instead of nested cases
+
+Wed Sep 30 11:26:59 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, argv.c, basename.c, bcmp.c, bcopy.c, bzero.c,
+	concat.c, cplus-dem.c, fdmatch.c, getcwd.c, getopt.c, getopt1.c,
+	getpagesize.c, insque.c, memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memmove.c, memset.c,
+	obstack.c, sigsetmask.c, spaces.c, strchr.c, strerror.c,
+	strrchr.c, strsignal.c, strstr.c, vfork.c, vsprintf.c:
+	Convert from using GPL to LGPL.
+
+Sat Sep 26 04:01:30 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in (errors):  Leave dummy.o and dummy around so that
+	we can see how the needed list was generated (it's sometimes wrong).
+	(mostlyclean):  Remove them.
+
+Mon Sep 21 14:50:42 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getcwd.c: supply a default if MAXPATHLEN is not defined.
+
+	* config/mh-irix4: set EXTRA_OFILES to alloca.o, from WRS.
+
+Wed Sep  9 12:41:48 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Use XTRAFLAGS when compiling, so that xiberty works
+	when cross-compiling.
+
+Thu Sep  3 13:29:39 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@sendai.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c: (demangle_prefix): reduction in strength of strstr
+	  as a time optimization.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle): remove strpbrk test.  Appears to
+	  be more expensive than simply demangling.
+
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_match): new function.
+
+Tue Sep  1 15:24:04 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  #include <stdio.h>, to define NULL.
+	Define current_demangling_style.
+
+Sun Aug 30 17:58:19 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* cplus-dem.c:  New file, moved from ../gdb.
+	* cplus-dem.c (set_cplus_marker_for_demangling):  New exported
+	function, to avoid compiling in target-dependency for CPLUS_MARKER.
+	* cplus-dem.c (cplus_demangle):  Allow demangling style option
+	to be passed as a parameter, but using the global variable
+	current_demangling_style as a default.
+	* Makefile.in:  Update for cplus-dem.c
+
+Sat Aug 29 10:44:09 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c:  Merge in comment changes from FSF version.  Now
+	matches the FSF version exactly.
+
+Fri Aug 28 18:39:08 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (CALL_FREEFUN):  Can't use ?: with void values (at
+	least on losing DECstations!); use if-then-else instead.
+
+Wed Aug 19 14:40:34 1992  Ian Lance Taylor  (ian@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: always create installation directories.
+
+Mon Aug 10 17:33:40 1992  david d `zoo' zuhn  (zoo at cirdan.cygnus.com)
+
+       * Makefile.in: clean up definition of CFILES, more comments
+
+Sat Aug  8 23:10:59 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c (my_index):  Make first arg const to match strchr,
+	which it sometimes is remapped to.
+
+Sat Aug  1 13:48:50 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT):  Update to match FSF version.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin):  Initialize use_extra_arg.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin_1):  New, from FSF version.
+
+Mon Jul 20 21:07:58 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (CALL_CHECKFUN, CALL_FREEFUN):  Use use_extra_arg and
+	extra_arg.
+	* obstack.c (_obstack_begin):  Remove area_id and flags arguments
+	(previously added for mmalloc support, interface has changed).
+	Also convert flags usage to use use_extra_arg and maybe_empty_object.
+
+Fri Jul 10 00:41:53 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  Move expandargv inline and eliminate static variables.
+	Rewrite to always allocate in powers of two.  Fix to return an
+	argv with a single null string arg if passed a null string.
+
+Fri Jul  3 20:27:29 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* random.c, sigsetmask.c, strerror.c, strsignal.c:  Remove
+	"(void)" casts from function calls where the return value is
+	ignored, in accordance with GNU coding standards.
+
+Mon Jun 29 10:54:19 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* bcopy.c, strerror.c, strsignal.c:  Lint.
+
+Thu Jun 25 09:18:41 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: merge changes from make.
+
+Thu Jun 25 04:43:22 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* alloca.c:  Incorporate fixes from gdb/alloca.c.
+	FIXME:  Eventually move gdb's alloca configuration files here,
+	and remove gdb/alloca.c and its Makefile.in support.
+
+Tue Jun 23 21:56:30 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* dummy.c:  Define NOTHING to /*nothing*/, change return type
+	of main to int and return zero.
+	* functions.def:  Supply NOTHING as the fourth arg to macros
+	that don't have an explicit arg, to satisfy picky preprocessors.
+
+Wed Jun 17 18:13:58 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Clean up *clean rules, as per standards.texi.
+
+Tue Jun 16 16:11:59 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c, getopt1.c: merged largely gratuitous, mostly
+	  whitespace diffs from other prep distributions.
+
+Mon Jun 15 12:25:46 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-ncr3000 (INSTALL):  Don't use /usr/ucb/install,
+	it is broken on ncr 3000's.
+
+Mon Jun 15 01:03:26 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* sigsetmask.c:  Rewrite.  Old one was very confused about its
+	arguments and result.  New one can't do much, but at least knows
+	what it can't do, and it's good enough for GDB's use.
+
+Sun Jun 14 15:17:40 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* functions.def:  Use proper prototype for strtoul.
+
+Fri Jun 12 19:22:40 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add random.c.
+	* config/mh-*:  Use "true" rather than "echo >/dev/null" for ranlib.
+	* configure.in:  update solaris2 config.
+
+Wed Jun 10 16:31:29 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* random.c:  Add for random() and srandom().
+	* functions.def:  Add random
+
+Tue Jun  9 17:27:18 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/{mh-ncr3000, mh-sysv4}:  Add definition for INSTALL
+	using /usr/ucb/install.
+
+Mon Jun  1 13:20:17 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* strerror.c:  Kludge to guard against a conflict with
+	possible declaration of sys_errlist in errno.h.
+
+Sun May 31 15:07:47 1992  Mark Eichin  (eichin at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/mh-solaris: add solaris2 config support.
+
+Fri May 29 17:23:23 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* sigsetmask.c:  #ifdef out sigsetmask if SIG_SETMASK
+	is not defined (should be defined in signal.h, says Posix.).
+
+Mon May 18 17:35:04 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: merged changes from make-3.62.11.
+
+Fri May  8 14:53:07 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c: merged changes from bison-1.18.
+
+Tue May  5 11:51:40 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Don't have $(EXTRA_OFILES) depend on config.h,
+	since that introduces a circular dependency.
+	($(EXTRA_OFILES) are used to build config.h.)
+
+	* strtoul.c:  Fixes to handle non-decimal bases better.
+
+Wed Apr 22 09:27:51 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-ncr3000:  Replace MINUS_G with CFLAGS.
+	* Makefile.dos:  Finish MINUS_G eradication.
+	* Makefile.in (CFILES):  Add strsignal.c.
+	* Makefile.in (REQUIRED_OFILES):  Add strerror.o strsignal.o
+	* Makefile.in (needed-list):  Split creation of errors file to
+	separate make target.
+	* Makefile.in (config.h, needed2.awk, errors):  New targets.
+	* Makefile.in (clean):  Split to multiple lines, add needed2.awk
+	and config.h.
+	* dummy.c (DEFFUNC, DEFVAR):  Add defines and undefs.
+	* functions.def (strerror):  Remove from optional list.
+	* functions.def (sys_nerr, sys_errlist, sys_siglist):  DEFVAR's
+	* functions.def (strerror, psignal):  DEFFUNC's
+	* strerror.c:  Rewrite from scratch to use sys_errlist only if
+	available, add errno_max(), add strerrno(), add strtoerrno(),
+	add test driver.
+	* strsignal.c:  New file, signal equivalent to strerror.c.
+	Uses sys_siglist if available, defines signo_max(), strsignal(),
+	strsigno(), strtosigno(), psignal(), and test driver.
+
+Mon Apr 20 20:49:32 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: do not print recursion line.
+
+	* Makefile.in: allow CFLAGS to be passed in from command line.
+	  Removed MINUS_G.  Default CFLAGS to -g.
+
+Mon Apr 20 12:57:46 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-aix:  New.  EXTRA_OFILES lists copysign.o,
+	so libg++ users don't have to be inconvenienced by a
+	libc.a bug (libc.a needs copysign, but doesn't define it!).
+	* configure.in:  Use config/mh-aix.
+	* strtoul.c:  Handle '-' as required by ANSI.
+	Clean up radix handling.
+	* strstr.c:  Fix buggy algorithm.
+	* Makefile.in:  Change so that ${EXTRA_OFILES} is
+	appended to needed-list (which is used by libg++).
+
+Fri Apr 10 22:51:41 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  Recognize new ncr3000 config.
+	* config/mh-ncr3000:  New config file.
+
+Wed Apr  1 23:31:43 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c, dummy.c:  Lint.
+
+Tue Mar 31 18:46:44 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-sysv4:  New config file.
+	* configure.in (host_makefile_frag):  Set to config/mh-sysv4 for
+	host_os == sysv4.
+	* getpagesize.c:  For SVR4, use sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) to get
+	pagesize.
+
+Sun Mar 29 12:26:42 1992  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c:  Lint.
+
+Fri Mar 27 08:32:55 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* functions.def (alloca):  Fix return type and args to avoid
+	type clash with gcc's builtin alloca.
+
+Tue Mar 24 23:33:42 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/mh-irix4: irix4 support.
+
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def, alloca.c: added alloca.
+
+Tue Mar 24 17:34:46 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c (CALL_FREEFUN):  Make it compile on DECstations.
+
+Thu Mar 19 13:57:42 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  Fix various external function definitions to be
+	correct in an ANSI compilation environment.
+
+Sat Mar 14 17:28:17 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf@cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c:  Changes to support calling mmalloc functions,
+	which take an additional argument over malloc functions.
+
+Fri Mar  6 22:01:10 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* added check target.
+
+Thu Feb 27 22:19:39 1992  Per Bothner  (bothner@cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  #include alloca-conf.h (needed by AIX).
+
+Wed Feb 26 18:04:40 1992  K. Richard Pixley  (rich@cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in: removed traces of namesubdir,
+	  -subdirs, $(subdir), $(unsubdir), some rcs triggers.  Forced
+	  copyrights to '92, changed some from Cygnus to FSF.
+
+Sat Feb 22 01:09:21 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  Check in Fred's version which fixes problems with
+	alloca().
+
+Fri Feb  7 21:46:08 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* makefile.dos:  Remove NUL to keep patch from failing.
+
+Thu Jan 30 22:48:41 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal):  Fix usage of enum has_arg.
+
+Mon Jan 20 18:53:23 1992  Stu Grossman  (grossman at cygnus.com)
+
+ 	* getopt.c, getopt1.c, ../include/getopt.h:  Get latest versions.
+
+Sat Jan 18 16:53:01 1992  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* argv.c:  New file to build and destroy standard argument
+	vectors from a command string.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add argv.c and argv.o to appropriate macros.
+
+Fri Dec 20 12:12:57 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in:  Change svr4 references to sysv4.
+
+	* rindex.c:  Declare return type of externally used function
+	strrchr().
+
+Thu Dec 19 18:35:03 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Remove "***" in normal output, since Make produces
+	this on errors, and it's convenient to search for.
+
+Tue Dec 17 23:21:30 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* memcmp.c, memcpy.c, memmove.c, memset.c, strchr.c, strrchr.c:
+	New ANSI functions.  The old non-ANSI functions (such as bcopy)
+	should be avoided.
+	* bcopy.c:  Fix to correctly handle overlapping regions.
+	* index.c, rindex.c:  Re-write in terms of strchr() and strrchr().
+	* functions.def:  Add the new functions.
+	* functions.def:  Add 4th parameter to DEF macro,
+	an ansidecl.h-style prototype.
+	* dummy.c:  Use expanded DEF macro to create a dummy function
+	call, with correct parameter types.  (This avoids some
+	complaints from gcc about predefined builtins.)
+
+	Move the functionality of config/mh-default into Makefile.in.
+	This avoid duplication, and simplifies things slightly.
+	* Makefile.in:  Tweak so we don't need config/mh-default.
+	* README:  Update.
+	* configure.in:  No longer need config/mh-default.
+	* config/mh-default:  Deleted.
+	* config/mh-sysv:  Remove lines copied from old mh-default.
+
+Tue Dec 17 05:46:46 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* fdmatch.c (fdmatch):  Don't compare st_rdev, which is for
+	'mknod' device numbers.
+
+Mon Dec 16 12:25:34 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* fdmatch.c, Makefile.in:  Add new function that takes two
+	open file descriptors and returns nonzero if they refer to
+	the same file, zero otherwise.  (used in gdb)
+
+Wed Dec 11 17:40:39 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (sac at rtl.cygnus.com)
+	From DJ:
+	* msdos.c: stub functions for dos.
+	* makefile.dos, configdj.bat: new.
+	* getopt.c: Don't include alloca-conf.h in a GO32 world.
+	
+
+Tue Dec 10 04:14:49 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: infodir belongs in datadir.
+
+Fri Dec  6 23:26:45 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: remove spaces following hyphens because bsd make
+	  can't cope.  added standards.text support.  install using
+	  INSTALL_DATA.
+
+	* configure.in: remove commontargets as it is no longer a
+	  recognized hook.
+
+Thu Dec  5 22:46:46 1991  K. Richard Pixley  (rich at rtl.cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: idestdir and ddestdir go away.  Added copyrights
+	  and shift gpl to v2.  Added ChangeLog if it didn't exist. docdir
+	  and mandir now keyed off datadir by default.
+
+Fri Nov 22 19:15:29 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  find-needed.awk does not fit in 14 chars.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Suppress error checking when compiling the test
+	program, because Ultrix make/sh aborts there due to a bug.
+
+Fri Nov 22 12:23:17 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Re-did how EXTRA_OFILES is used to be more useful.
+	* README:  Explained how the auto-configuration works,
+	and how to add new files and/or configurations.
+
+Fri Nov 22 09:45:23 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* strtoul.c:  Avoid defining ULONG_MAX if already defined;
+	cast a const char * to char * for pedants.
+
+	* getopt.c:  Only define "const" after local include files get to,
+	and only if they haven't defined it.
+
+Thu Nov 21 16:58:53 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* getcwd.c (remove getwd.c): GNU code should call getcwd().  We
+	emulate it with getwd() if available.  This avoids callers having
+	to find a MAXPATHLEN or PATH_MAX value from somewhere.
+	* Makefile.in, functions.def:  getwd->getcwd.
+	* configure.in:  Use generic case for every system.
+	* config/mh-{delta88,mach,rs6000,svr4}:  Remove.
+	* config/mh-sysv:  Use default handling, just add -DUSG.
+
+Thu Nov 14 10:58:05 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, config/mh-default: Re-do make magic
+	so that for the default ("automatic") mode we only
+	compile the files we actually need.  Do this using
+	a recursive make:  The top-level generates the list
+	of needed files (loosely, the ones missing in libc),
+	and then passes that list to the recursive make.
+	* config/mh-mach:  Remove obsolete STRERROR-{C,O} macros.
+
+Tue Nov 12 19:10:57 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	RS/6000 host support (grumble).
+
+	* configure.in:  Build alloca-conf.h file from alloca-norm.h
+	(everything else) or alloca-botch.h (rs/6000).
+	* Makefile.in:  Include . on the include path.
+	* getopt.c:  Use alloca-conf.h.
+	* alloca-norm.h:  How to declare alloca on reasonable machines.
+	* alloca-botch.h: How to declare alloca on braindead machines.
+
+Tue Nov 12 09:21:48 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* concat.c :  New file, like concat() in gdb but can take a
+	variable number of arguments rather than fixed at 3 args.  For
+	now, client applications must supply an xmalloc(), which is a
+	front end function to malloc() that deals with out-of-memory
+	conditions.
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Add concat.c and concat.o to appropriate macros.
+
+Sat Nov  9 13:29:59 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/mh-svr4:  Add sigsetmask to list of required functions.
+
+Sun Nov  3 11:57:56 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* vsprintf.c:  New file.
+	* functions.def, Makefile.in:  Add vsprintf.
+
+Sun Oct 27 16:31:22 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* configure.in, config/mh-rs6000:  Add rs/6000 host support.
+	* Makefile.in:  Compile with debug info.
+
+Fri Oct 25 17:01:12 1991  Per Bothner  (bothner at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in, configure.in, and new files: dummy.c, functions.def,
+	config/mf-default:  Added a default configuration mode,
+	which includes into libiberty.a functions that are "missing" in libc.
+	* strdup.c, vprintf.c, vfprintf.c: New files.
+
+Thu Oct 24 02:29:26 1991  Fred Fish  (fnf at cygnus.com)
+
+	* config/hmake-svr4: New file.
+
+	* config/hmake-sysv: Add HOST_CFILES and HOST_OFILES.
+
+	* basename.c, bcmp.c, bcopy.c, bzero.c, getpagesize.c getwd.c,
+	index.c, insque.c, rindex.c, spaces.c, strstr.c, vfork.c: New
+	files containing either portable C versions or emulations using
+	native library calls.
+
+	* strerror.c:  Add copyright, internal documentation, etc.
+
+	* strtol.c:  Replace hardwired hex constants with some more
+	portable macros.  Remove illegal (according to gcc) cast.
+
+	* strtoul.c: Replace hardwired hex constant with more portable
+	macro.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Move TARGETLIB and CFLAGS where makefile fragments
+	can override them.  Add new source and object file names to CFILES
+	and OFILES respectively.
+
+	* configure.in: Add support for SVR4 makefile fragments.
+
+Tue Oct 22 19:00:23 1991  Steve Chamberlain  (steve at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in: Move RANLIB, AR and AR_FLAGS to where they can be
+	over-ridden by config/hmake-*
+	* configure.in: added m88kcvs to sysv list
+
+Fri Oct  4 01:29:08 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygnus.com)
+
+	* Makefile.in:  Most hosts need strerror, but one or two don't,
+	and they override these definitions in the host-dependent makefile
+	fragment.
+	* config/hmake-mach:  The odd man out on strerror -- it's supplied.
+	* strerror.c:  New file.
+
+	* strtol.c, strtoul.c:  Add strtol to libiberty, since Mach lacks
+	it and bfd uses it.
+	* configure.in, Makefile.in, config/hmake-mach:  Only configure
+	strtol & strotoul in on Mach.
+
+Tue Sep  3 06:36:23 1991  John Gilmore  (gnu at cygint.cygnus.com)
+
+	* obstack.c:  Merge with latest FSF version.
+
+
+Local Variables:
+version-control: never
+End:
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/Makefile.in b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f11d51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+#
+# Makefile
+#   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1995 Free Software Foundation
+#
+# This file is part of the libiberty library.
+# Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+# modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+# version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+# not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+
+# This file was written, and is maintained by K. Richard Pixley
+# <rich@cygnus.com>.
+
+#
+# Makefile for libiberty directory
+#
+
+srcdir = .
+
+prefix = /usr/local
+
+exec_prefix = $(prefix)
+bindir = $(exec_prefix)/bin
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+
+datadir = $(prefix)/lib
+
+mandir = $(prefix)/man
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+man2dir = $(mandir)/man2
+man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
+man4dir = $(mandir)/man4
+man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
+man6dir = $(mandir)/man6
+man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
+man8dir = $(mandir)/man8
+man9dir = $(mandir)/man9
+infodir = $(prefix)/info
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+oldincludedir =
+docdir = $(datadir)/doc
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+# Multilib support variables.
+MULTISRCTOP =
+MULTIBUILDTOP =
+MULTIDIRS =
+MULTISUBDIR =
+MULTIDO = true
+MULTICLEAN = true
+
+INSTALL = install -c
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = $(INSTALL)
+INSTALL_DATA = $(INSTALL)
+
+AR = ar
+AR_FLAGS = rc
+
+ERRORS_CC = $(CC)
+CC = cc
+CFLAGS = -g
+LIBCFLAGS = $(CFLAGS)
+MAKEINFO = makeinfo
+RANLIB = ranlib
+
+PICFLAG =
+
+MAKEOVERRIDES =
+
+TARGETLIB = libiberty.a
+
+CONFIG_H = lconfig.h
+NEEDED_LIST = lneeded-list
+
+# HOST_OFILES contains the list of objects that should be in the
+# library (in addition to the REQUIRED_OFILES and EXTRA_OFILES).
+# A configuration may override this with a fixed list a object files
+# names (hard to maintain), or some other way to generate a list.
+HOST_OFILES=`cat needed-list`
+
+# Extra targets that the top-level target depends on.
+# Specifically, what needs to be made before HOST_OFILES can be used.
+# Can be empty if HOST_OFILES is just a list of file names.
+DO_ALSO = needed-list
+
+# A configuration can specify extra .o files that should be included,
+# even if they are in libc. (Perhaps the libc version is buggy.)
+EXTRA_OFILES = 
+
+# Flags to pass to a recursive make.
+FLAGS_TO_PASS = \
+	"AR=$(AR)" \
+	"AR_FLAGS=$(AR_FLAGS)" \
+	"CC=$(CC)" \
+	"CFLAGS=$(CFLAGS)" \
+	"LIBCFLAGS=$(LIBCFLAGS)" \
+	"EXTRA_OFILES=$(EXTRA_OFILES)" \
+	"HDEFINES=$(HDEFINES)" \
+	"LDFLAGS=$(LDFLAGS)" \
+	"LOADLIBES=$(LOADLIBES)" \
+	"PICFLAG=$(PICFLAG)" \
+	"RANLIB=$(RANLIB)" \
+	"SHELL=$(SHELL)"
+
+all: stamp-picdir $(TARGETLIB) required-list
+	@if [ "$(RULE1)" != "not-used" ]; then \
+	  $(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=all; \
+	else true; \
+	fi
+
+.PHONY: check installcheck
+check installcheck:
+
+
+#### Host, target, and site specific Makefile fragments come in here.
+###
+
+INCDIR=$(srcdir)/$(MULTISRCTOP)../include
+
+COMPILE.c = $(CC) -c $(LIBCFLAGS) -I. -I$(INCDIR) $(HDEFINES)
+.c.o:
+	test -z "$(PICFLAG)" || \
+	  $(COMPILE.c) $(PICFLAG) $< -o pic/$@
+	$(COMPILE.c) $<
+
+# The default target just invokes make recursively.
+# However, the automatic configuration (in config/mh_default).
+# first causes it to figure out the objects missing in libc.
+info install-info clean-info dvi:
+
+# Include files that are in this directory.
+HFILES =
+
+# NOTE: If you add new files to the library, add them to this list
+# (alphabetical), and add them to REQUIRED_OFILES or 'functions.def'.
+CFILES = alloca.c argv.c basename.c bcmp.c bcopy.c bzero.c \
+	 clock.c concat.c cplus-dem.c fdmatch.c \
+	 getcwd.c getopt.c getopt1.c getpagesize.c getruntime.c \
+         floatformat.c hex.c index.c insque.c \
+	 memchr.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memmove.c memset.c \
+         obstack.c random.c rename.c rindex.c sigsetmask.c spaces.c \
+	 strcasecmp.c strncasecmp.c \
+         strchr.c strdup.c strerror.c strrchr.c strsignal.c \
+         strstr.c strtod.c strtol.c strtoul.c tmpnam.c \
+	 vasprintf.c vfork.c vfprintf.c vprintf.c vsprintf.c waitpid.c \
+	 xatexit.c xexit.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrerror.c
+# These are always included in the library.
+REQUIRED_OFILES = argv.o basename.o concat.o cplus-dem.o fdmatch.o \
+  getopt.o getopt1.o getruntime.o hex.o \
+  floatformat.o obstack.o spaces.o strerror.o strsignal.o \
+  vasprintf.o xatexit.o xexit.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrerror.o
+
+# Do we want/need any config overrides?
+#	 
+
+STAGESTUFF = $(TARGETLIB) *.o
+
+INSTALL_DEST = libdir
+install: install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST)
+
+install_to_libdir: all
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(TARGETLIB) $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n
+	( cd $(libdir) ; $(RANLIB) $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n )
+	mv -f $(libdir)/$(TARGETLIB).n $(libdir)$(MULTISUBDIR)/$(TARGETLIB)
+	@$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=install
+
+install_to_tooldir: all
+	$(INSTALL_DATA) $(TARGETLIB) $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n
+	( cd $(tooldir) ; $(RANLIB) $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n )
+	mv -f $(tooldir)/lib/$(TARGETLIB).n $(tooldir)/lib$(MULTISUBDIR)/$(TARGETLIB)
+	@$(MULTIDO) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) multi-do DO=install
+
+# The default configuration adds to libiberty all those functions that are
+# missing in libc.  More precisely, it includes whatever $(CC) fails to find.
+# Then a sed+awk combination translates the ld error messages into
+# a list of .o files.
+
+needed-list: stamp-picdir $(NEEDED_LIST)
+	cp $(NEEDED_LIST) needed-list
+
+lneeded-list: $(EXTRA_OFILES) needed.awk errors
+	rm -f lneeded-list
+	f=""; \
+	for i in `awk -f needed.awk <errors` $(EXTRA_OFILES) ; do \
+	  case " $$f " in \
+	    *" $$i "*) ;; \
+	    *) f="$$f $$i" ;; \
+	  esac ; \
+	done ; \
+	echo $$f >>lneeded-list
+
+# Generate an awk script that looks for functions in functions.def
+
+needed.awk: $(srcdir)/functions.def Makefile
+	echo "# !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\
+	  "- DO NOT EDIT!" >needed.awk
+	grep '^DEF(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \
+	    | sed -e '/DEF/s|DEF.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "\1.o " }|' \
+	    >>needed.awk
+
+config.h: $(CONFIG_H)
+	cp $(CONFIG_H) config.h
+
+lconfig.h: needed2.awk errors
+	echo "/* !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\
+	  "- DO NOT EDIT! */" >lconfig.h
+	awk -f needed2.awk <errors >>lconfig.h
+
+# Generate an awk script that looks for variables in functions.def
+
+needed2.awk: $(srcdir)/functions.def Makefile
+	echo "# !Automatically generated from $(srcdir)/functions.def"\
+	  "- DO NOT EDIT!" >needed2.awk
+	grep '^DEFVAR(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \
+	 | sed -e '/DEFVAR/s|DEFVAR.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "#ifndef NEED_\1\\n#define NEED_\1\\n#endif\\n" }|' \
+	 >>needed2.awk
+	grep '^DEFFUNC(' < $(srcdir)/functions.def \
+	 | sed -e '/DEFFUNC/s|DEFFUNC.\([^,]*\).*|/\1/ { printf "#ifndef NEED_\1\\n#define NEED_\1\\n#endif\\n" }|' \
+	 >>needed2.awk
+
+dummy.o: $(srcdir)/dummy.c $(srcdir)/functions.def
+	$(CC) -c $(CFLAGS) -I. -I$(INCDIR) $(HDEFINES) $(srcdir)/dummy.c 2>/dev/null
+
+errors: dummy.o $(EXTRA_OFILES)
+	-($(ERRORS_CC) -o dummy $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) $(ERRORS_LDFLAGS) dummy.o $(EXTRA_OFILES) $(LOADLIBES)) >errors 2>&1 || true
+
+# required-list is used when building a shared bfd/opcodes/libiberty library.
+required-list: Makefile
+	echo $(REQUIRED_OFILES) > required-list
+
+$(HOST_OFILES) $(REQUIRED_OFILES) : config.h
+
+RULE1 = $(TARGETLIB)
+$(RULE1): $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(DO_ALSO) .always.
+	@$(MAKE) RULE1=not-used RULE2=$(TARGETLIB) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) \
+		"HOST_OFILES=$(HOST_OFILES)"
+
+# Rule invoked by recursive make in $(RULE1).
+RULE2 = not-used
+$(RULE2): $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES)
+	rm -rf $(TARGETLIB)
+	$(AR) $(AR_FLAGS) $(TARGETLIB) \
+	  $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES)
+	$(RANLIB) $(TARGETLIB)
+
+stamp-picdir:
+	if [ -n "$(PICFLAG)" ] && [ ! -d pic ]; then \
+	  mkdir pic; \
+	else true; fi
+	touch stamp-picdir
+
+.always.:
+# Do nothing.
+
+.PHONY: all etags tags ls clean stage1 stage2 .always.
+
+etags tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(CFILES) $(HFILES)
+	etags `for i in $(HFILES) $(CFILES); do echo $(srcdir)/$$i ; done`
+
+# The standalone demangler (c++filt) has been moved to binutils.
+demangle:
+	@echo "The standalone demangler, now named c++filt, is now"
+	@echo "a part of binutils."
+	@false
+
+ls:
+	@echo Makefile $(HFILES) $(CFILES)
+
+# Need to deal with profiled libraries, too.
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -rf *.o pic core errs \#* *.E a.out
+	rm -f needed.awk needed2.awk errors dummy needed-list config.h
+	rm -f $(CONFIG_H) $(NEEDED_LIST) stamp-picdir
+	@$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=mostlyclean
+clean: mostlyclean
+	rm -f *.a required-list
+	@$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=clean
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f *~ Makefile config.status alloca-conf.h xhost-mkfrag TAGS
+	@$(MULTICLEAN) multi-clean DO=distclean
+maintainer-clean realclean: distclean
+
+force:
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag)
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+argv.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+basename.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+concat.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+cplus-dem.o: $(INCDIR)/demangle.h
+fdmatch.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+getopt.o: $(INCDIR)/getopt.h
+getopt1.o: $(INCDIR)/getopt.h
+getruntime.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+hex.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+floatformat.o: $(INCDIR)/floatformat.h
+obstack.o: $(INCDIR)/obstack.h
+spaces.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+strerror.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+strsignal.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xatexit.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xexit.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xmalloc.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xstrdup.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
+xstrerror.o: $(INCDIR)/libiberty.h
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/README b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5081bba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/README
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+This directory contains the -liberty library of free software.
+It is a collection of subroutines used by various GNU programs.
+Current members include:
+
+	getopt -- get options from command line
+	obstack -- stacks of arbitrarily-sized objects
+	strerror -- error message strings corresponding to errno
+	strtol -- string-to-long conversion
+	strtoul -- string-to-unsigned-long conversion
+
+We expect many of the GNU subroutines that are floating around to
+eventually arrive here.
+
+To build the library, do:
+
+	./configure HOSTTYPE
+	make
+
+Please report bugs and fixes to "bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu".  Thank you.
+
+ADDING A NEW FILE
+=================
+
+There are two sets of files:  Those that are "required" will be
+included in the library for all configurations, while those
+that are "optional" will be included in the library only if "needed."
+
+To add a new required file, edit Makefile to add the source file
+name to CFILES and the object file to REQUIRED_OFILES.
+
+Adding a new optional file is more fragile.  As a general rule,
+an optional file will be included in the library if it provides
+functionality missing in the "standard" C library.
+For most hosts, the Makefile automatically figures out which
+functionality is missing by compiling and linking a dummy test
+program, and examining the error messages.
+
+So to get this to work, you should do the following:
+
+1) Select one function defined in the file you're adding.
+For example, the getcwd function.
+2) Add that function to the list in the file functions.def.
+3) The name of the new file must be the same as the function
+you've chosen with the .c suffix added.  E.g. getcwd() must be
+defined in getcwd.c.  (The file can define other functions as well.)
+4) In Makefile.in, add the name of the source file (e.g. getcwd.c)
+to CFILES.
+
+The file you've added (e.g. getcwd.c) should compile and work
+on all hosts where it is needed (e.g. not found when linking
+the dummy.c program).  It does not have to work or even
+compile on hosts where it is not needed.
+
+HOW THE AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION WORKS
+=====================================
+
+The libiberty.a target (in RULE1) depends on $(DO_ALSO).
+For normal configurations, DO_ALSO=needed-list.
+
+So needed-list is first made.  The needed-list rule compiles
+dummy.c.  Because dummy.c includes functions.def, the
+resulting object file will contain a call to each of the
+optional functions (for simplicity assume each optional file
+defines a single function).  This object file will be linked
+against the standard libraries (as defined by using $(CC)
+and various flags).  Any function missing will causes the
+linker to emit an error message.  We assume the name
+of the missing function(s) are in the error message(s).
+The awk script find-needed.awk has been generated from
+functions.def.  It is used to search the linker output
+messages for words that match the functions listed in
+functions.def.  The list of functions found is written
+on a single line to the file needed-list.
+
+After needed-list has been generated, the libiberty.a
+target (in RULE1) just calls 'make' recursively.
+It passes the contents of needed-list using the
+definition (expanded) HOST_OFILES="`cat needed-list`".
+It also tells the inferior 'make' to use RULE2.
+
+The inferior 'make' is very conventional:  The main
+rule is $(RULE2) (which is libiberty.a).  It depends
+on a list of object files: $(REQUIRED_OFILES) $(HOST_OFILES)
+(and $(EXTRA_OFILES), which is usually empty).  The superior
+'make' passes in $(HOST_OFILES); the others are fixed
+in the Makefile.
+
+ADDING A NEW CONFIGURATION
+==========================
+
+On most hosts you should be able to use the scheme for automatically
+figuring out which files are needed.  In that case, you probably
+don't need a special Makefile stub for that configuration.
+
+If the fully automatic scheme doesn't work, you may be able to get
+by with defining EXTRA_OFILES in your Makefile stub.  This is
+a list of object file names that should be treated as required
+for this configuration - they will be included in libiberty.a,
+regardless of whatever might be in the C library.  Moreover,
+when the dummy.c program is linked, it will be linked with
+$(EXTRA_OFILES).  Therefore, if a function in functions.def
+is defined by one of the EXTRA_OFILES, it will not be listed as
+"needed".  Thus if your hal9000 host needs a special implementation
+of getcwd, you can just create hal9000-getcwd.c, and define:
+	EXTRA_OFILES=hal9000-getcwd.o
+Or if you want to use the libiberty version of strstr(),
+even though there is a version in the C library (it might be
+buggy or slow), just define:
+	EXTRA_OFILES=strstr.o
+
+You can create a "manual" host configuration FOO with a file
+config/mh-FOO.  In it, the HOST_OFILES macro should explicitly
+list that subset of the optional files that should be in the
+library.  You should also set:
+	DO_ALSO =
+This overrides all of the magic needed to automatically
+determine which files are "needed."  However, keeping that list
+up to date is another matter...
+
+HOW THE MANUAL CONFIGURATION WORKS
+==================================
+
+This also uses a recursive make, but the superior make
+does not do anything interesting - it just calls the
+inferior make with HOST_OFILES defined as $(HOST_OFILES),
+which is the list you created in your configuration.
+
+You probably don't want to depend on manual configuration,
+because keeping the HOST_OFILES list up-to-date will be a pain.
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca-botch.h b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca-botch.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c909573
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca-botch.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* RS/6000 AIX botched alloca and requires a pragma, which ordinary compilers
+   throw up about, so we have to put it in a specially-configured file.
+   Like this one.  */
+
+#pragma alloca
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca-norm.h b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca-norm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d91b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca-norm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* "Normal" configuration for alloca.  */
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else /* not __GNUC__ */
+#ifdef sparc
+#include <alloca.h>
+extern char *__builtin_alloca();  /* Stupid include file doesn't declare it */
+#else
+#ifdef __STDC__
+PTR alloca (size_t);
+#else
+PTR alloca ();			/* must agree with functions.def */
+#endif
+#endif /* sparc */
+#endif /* not __GNUC__ */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c472ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,475 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC, this file's not needed.  */
+#ifndef alloca
+
+#ifdef emacs
+#ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#endif /* static */
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#else
+#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#endif
+
+#if __STDC__
+typedef void *pointer;
+#else
+typedef char *pointer;
+#endif
+
+#define	NULL	0
+
+/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
+   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
+   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
+   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
+   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
+
+   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
+
+   Callers below should use malloc.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+#define malloc xmalloc
+extern pointer xmalloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#endif
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+pointer
+alloca (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
+    /* Address of header.  */
+
+    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
+  }
+}
+
+#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#define CRAY_STACK
+#ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#endif /* CRAY2 */
+#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#endif /* CRAY */
+
+#endif /* no alloca */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/argv.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/argv.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40582ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/argv.c
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
+/* Create and destroy argument vectors (argv's)
+   Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*  Create and destroy argument vectors.  An argument vector is simply an
+    array of string pointers, terminated by a NULL pointer. */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#define isspace(ch) ((ch) == ' ' || (ch) == '\t')
+
+/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);	/* 4.11.2.1 */
+extern size_t strlen (const char *s);				/* 4.11.6.3 */
+extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
+extern void *realloc (void *ptr, size_t size);			/* 4.10.3.4 */
+extern void free (void *ptr);					/* 4.10.3.2 */
+extern char *strdup (const char *s);				/* Non-ANSI */
+
+#else	/* !__STDC__ */
+
+extern char *memcpy ();		/* Copy memory region */
+extern int strlen ();		/* Count length of string */
+extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
+extern char *realloc ();	/* Standard memory reallocator */
+extern void free ();		/* Free malloc'd memory */
+extern char *strdup ();		/* Duplicate a string */
+
+#endif	/* __STDC__ */
+
+#include "alloca-conf.h"
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef EOS
+#define EOS '\0'
+#endif
+
+#define INITIAL_MAXARGC 8	/* Number of args + NULL in initial argv */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	freeargv -- free an argument vector
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	void freeargv (vector)
+	char **vector;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Free an argument vector that was built using buildargv.  Simply scans
+	through the vector, freeing the memory for each argument until the
+	terminating NULL is found, and then frees the vector itself.
+
+RETURNS
+
+	No value.
+
+*/
+
+void freeargv (vector)
+char **vector;
+{
+  register char **scan;
+
+  if (vector != NULL)
+    {
+      for (scan = vector; *scan != NULL; scan++)
+	{
+	  free (*scan);
+	}
+      free (vector);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	buildargv -- build an argument vector from a string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	char **buildargv (sp)
+	char *sp;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given a pointer to a string, parse the string extracting fields
+	separated by whitespace and optionally enclosed within either single
+	or double quotes (which are stripped off), and build a vector of
+	pointers to copies of the string for each field.  The input string
+	remains unchanged.
+
+	All of the memory for the pointer array and copies of the string
+	is obtained from malloc.  All of the memory can be returned to the
+	system with the single function call freeargv, which takes the
+	returned result of buildargv, as it's argument.
+
+	The memory for the argv array is dynamically expanded as necessary.
+
+RETURNS
+
+	Returns a pointer to the argument vector if successful. Returns NULL
+	if the input string pointer is NULL or if there is insufficient
+	memory to complete building the argument vector.
+
+NOTES
+
+	In order to provide a working buffer for extracting arguments into,
+	with appropriate stripping of quotes and translation of backslash
+	sequences, we allocate a working buffer at least as long as the input
+	string.  This ensures that we always have enough space in which to
+	work, since the extracted arg is never larger than the input string.
+
+	If the input is a null string (as opposed to a NULL pointer), then
+	buildarg returns an argv that has one arg, a null string.
+
+	Argv is always kept terminated with a NULL arg pointer, so it can
+	be passed to freeargv at any time, or returned, as appropriate.
+*/
+
+char **buildargv (input)
+char *input;
+{
+  char *arg;
+  char *copybuf;
+  int squote = 0;
+  int dquote = 0;
+  int bsquote = 0;
+  int argc = 0;
+  int maxargc = 0;
+  char **argv = NULL;
+  char **nargv;
+
+  if (input != NULL)
+    {
+      copybuf = alloca (strlen (input) + 1);
+      /* Is a do{}while to always execute the loop once.  Always return an
+	 argv, even for null strings.  See NOTES above, test case below. */
+      do
+	{
+	  /* Pick off argv[argc] */
+	  while (isspace (*input))
+	    {
+	      input++;
+	    }
+	  if ((maxargc == 0) || (argc >= (maxargc - 1)))
+	    {
+	      /* argv needs initialization, or expansion */
+	      if (argv == NULL)
+		{
+		  maxargc = INITIAL_MAXARGC;
+		  nargv = (char **) malloc (maxargc * sizeof (char *));
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  maxargc *= 2;
+		  nargv = (char **) realloc (argv, maxargc * sizeof (char *));
+		}
+	      if (nargv == NULL)
+		{
+		  if (argv != NULL)
+		    {
+		      freeargv (argv);
+		      argv = NULL;
+		    }
+		  break;
+		}
+	      argv = nargv;
+	      argv[argc] = NULL;
+	    }
+	  /* Begin scanning arg */
+	  arg = copybuf;
+	  while (*input != EOS)
+	    {
+	      if (isspace (*input) && !squote && !dquote && !bsquote)
+		{
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (bsquote)
+		    {
+		      bsquote = 0;
+		      *arg++ = *input;
+		    }
+		  else if (*input == '\\')
+		    {
+		      bsquote = 1;
+		    }
+		  else if (squote)
+		    {
+		      if (*input == '\'')
+			{
+			  squote = 0;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  *arg++ = *input;
+			}
+		    }
+		  else if (dquote)
+		    {
+		      if (*input == '"')
+			{
+			  dquote = 0;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  *arg++ = *input;
+			}
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (*input == '\'')
+			{
+			  squote = 1;
+			}
+		      else if (*input == '"')
+			{
+			  dquote = 1;
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  *arg++ = *input;
+			}
+		    }
+		  input++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *arg = EOS;
+	  argv[argc] = strdup (copybuf);
+	  if (argv[argc] == NULL)
+	    {
+	      freeargv (argv);
+	      argv = NULL;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  argc++;
+	  argv[argc] = NULL;
+
+	  while (isspace (*input))
+	    {
+	      input++;
+	    }
+	}
+      while (*input != EOS);
+    }
+  return (argv);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+/* Simple little test driver. */
+
+static char *tests[] =
+{
+  "a simple command line",
+  "arg 'foo' is single quoted",
+  "arg \"bar\" is double quoted",
+  "arg \"foo bar\" has embedded whitespace",
+  "arg 'Jack said \\'hi\\'' has single quotes",
+  "arg 'Jack said \\\"hi\\\"' has double quotes",
+  "a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9",
+  
+  /* This should be expanded into only one argument.  */
+  "trailing-whitespace ",
+
+  "",
+  NULL
+};
+
+main ()
+{
+  char **argv;
+  char **test;
+  char **targs;
+
+  for (test = tests; *test != NULL; test++)
+    {
+      printf ("buildargv(\"%s\")\n", *test);
+      if ((argv = buildargv (*test)) == NULL)
+	{
+	  printf ("failed!\n\n");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (targs = argv; *targs != NULL; targs++)
+	    {
+	      printf ("\t\"%s\"\n", *targs);
+	    }
+	  printf ("\n");
+	}
+      freeargv (argv);
+    }
+
+}
+
+#endif	/* MAIN */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/atexit.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/atexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4463cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Mike Stump. */
+
+#ifndef NEED_on_exit
+int
+atexit(f)
+     void (*f)();
+{
+  /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit
+     if the system provides that.  */
+  on_exit (f, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/basename.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..689b0c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Return the basename of a pathname.
+   This file is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	basename -- return pointer to last component of a pathname
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *basename (const char *name)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Given a pointer to a string containing a typical pathname
+	(/usr/src/cmd/ls/ls.c for example), returns a pointer to the
+	last component of the pathname ("ls.c" in this case).
+
+BUGS
+	Presumes a UNIX style path with UNIX style separators.
+*/
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef NEED_basename
+
+char *
+basename (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const char *base = name;
+
+  while (*name)
+    {
+      if (*name++ == '/')
+	{
+	  base = name;
+	}
+    }
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bcmp.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..11e4417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* bcmp
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	bcmp -- compare two memory regions
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int bcmp (char *from, char *to, int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Compare two memory regions and return zero if they are identical,
+	non-zero otherwise.  If count is zero, return zero.
+
+NOTES
+
+	No guarantee is made about the non-zero returned value.  In
+	particular, the results may be signficantly different than
+	strcmp(), where the return value is guaranteed to be less than,
+	equal to, or greater than zero, according to lexicographical
+	sorting of the compared regions.
+
+BUGS
+
+*/
+
+
+int
+bcmp (from, to, count)
+  char *from, *to;
+  int count;
+{
+  int rtnval = 0;
+
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*from++ != *to++)
+	{
+	  rtnval = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return (rtnval);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bcopy.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bcopy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b655363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bcopy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* bcopy -- copy memory regions of arbitary length
+
+NAME
+	bcopy -- copy memory regions of arbitrary length
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bcopy (char *in, char *out, int length)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory
+	region pointed to by OUT.
+
+BUGS
+	Significant speed improvements can be made in some cases by
+	implementing copies of multiple bytes simultaneously, or unrolling
+	the copy loop.
+
+*/
+
+void
+bcopy (src, dest, len)
+  register char *src, *dest;
+  int len;
+{
+  if (dest < src)
+    while (len--)
+      *dest++ = *src++;
+  else
+    {
+      char *lasts = src + (len-1);
+      char *lastd = dest + (len-1);
+      while (len--)
+        *(char *)lastd-- = *(char *)lasts--;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bzero.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bzero.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d01644b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/bzero.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Portable version of bzero for systems without it.
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	bzero -- zero the contents of a specified memory region
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void bzero (char *to, int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Zero COUNT bytes of memory pointed to by TO.
+
+BUGS
+	Significant speed enhancements may be made in some environments
+	by zeroing more than a single byte at a time, or by unrolling the
+	loop.
+
+*/
+
+
+void
+bzero (to, count)
+  char *to;
+  int count;
+{
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      *to++ = 0;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/clock.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b60de16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* ANSI-compatible clock function.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: should be able to declare as clock_t. */
+
+long
+clock ()
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+  struct rusage rusage;
+
+  getrusage (0, &rusage);
+  return (rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec
+	  + rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec);
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+  struct tms tms;
+
+  times (&tms);
+  return (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_stime) * (1000000 / HZ);
+#else
+#ifdef VMS
+  struct
+    {
+      int proc_user_time;
+      int proc_system_time;
+      int child_user_time;
+      int child_system_time;
+    } vms_times;
+
+  times (&vms_times);
+  return (vms_times.proc_user_time + vms_times.proc_system_time) * 10000;
+#else
+  /* A fallback, if nothing else available. */
+  return 0;
+#endif /* VMS */
+#endif /* HAVE_TIMES */
+#endif /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/concat.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/concat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b132c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/concat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/* Concatenate variable number of strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Fred Fish @ Cygnus Support
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	concat -- concatenate a variable number of strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	#include <varargs.h>
+
+	char *concat (s1, s2, s3, ..., NULL)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Concatenate a variable number of strings and return the result
+	in freshly malloc'd memory.
+
+	Returns NULL if insufficient memory is available.  The argument
+	list is terminated by the first NULL pointer encountered.  Pointers
+	to empty strings are ignored.
+
+NOTES
+
+	This function uses xmalloc() which is expected to be a front end
+	function to malloc() that deals with low memory situations.  In
+	typical use, if malloc() returns NULL then xmalloc() diverts to an
+	error handler routine which never returns, and thus xmalloc will
+	never return a NULL pointer.  If the client application wishes to
+	deal with low memory situations itself, it should supply an xmalloc
+	that just directly invokes malloc and blindly returns whatever
+	malloc returns.
+*/
+
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern size_t strlen (const char *s);
+#else
+extern int strlen ();
+#endif
+
+#define NULLP (char *)0
+
+/* VARARGS */
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+char *
+concat (const char *first, ...)
+#else
+char *
+concat (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  register int length;
+  register char *newstr;
+  register char *end;
+  register const char *arg;
+  va_list args;
+#ifndef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+  const char *first;
+#endif
+
+  /* First compute the size of the result and get sufficient memory. */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+  va_start (args, first);
+#else
+  va_start (args);
+  first = va_arg (args, const char *);
+#endif
+
+  if (first == NULLP)
+    length = 0;
+  else
+    {
+      length = strlen (first);
+      while ((arg = va_arg (args, const char *)) != NULLP)
+	{
+	  length += strlen (arg);
+	}
+    }
+  newstr = (char *) xmalloc (length + 1);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  /* Now copy the individual pieces to the result string. */
+
+  if (newstr != NULLP)
+    {
+#ifdef ANSI_PROTOTYPES
+      va_start (args, first);
+#else
+      va_start (args);
+      first = va_arg (args, const char *);
+#endif
+      end = newstr;
+      if (first != NULLP)
+	{
+	  arg = first;
+	  while (*arg)
+	    {
+	      *end++ = *arg++;
+	    }
+	  while ((arg = va_arg (args, const char *)) != NULLP)
+	    {
+	      while (*arg)
+		{
+		  *end++ = *arg++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      *end = '\000';
+      va_end (args);
+    }
+
+  return (newstr);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+/* Simple little test driver. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  printf ("\"\" = \"%s\"\n", concat (NULLP));
+  printf ("\"a\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"ab\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", "b", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abc\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("a", "b", "c", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abcd\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("ab", "cd", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abcde\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("ab", "c", "de", NULLP));
+  printf ("\"abcdef\" = \"%s\"\n", concat ("", "a", "", "bcd", "ef", NULLP));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config.table b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config.table
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b67dd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config.table
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+case "${host}" in
+  rs6000-ibm-aix3.1 | rs6000-ibm-aix)
+                        frag=mh-aix
+			files=${xsrcdir}alloca-botch.h ;;
+  *-ibm-aix*)		files=${xsrcdir}alloca-botch.h ;;
+  arm-*-riscix*)	frag=mh-riscix ;;
+  m68k-apollo-bsd*)	frag=mh-a68bsd ;;
+  m68k-apollo-sysv*)	frag=mh-apollo68 ;;
+  i[345]86-ncr-sysv4*)	frag=mh-ncr3000 ;;
+  *-*-cxux7*)		frag=mh-cxux7 ;;
+  *-*-lynxos*)		frag=mh-lynxos ;;
+  *-*-dgux*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  hppa*-hp-bsd*)	frag=mh-hpbsd ;;
+  *-*-hpux*)		frag=mh-hpux ;;
+  *-*-hiux*)		frag=mh-hpux ;;
+  *-*-irix4*)		frag=mh-irix4 ;;
+  *-*-irix*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  *-*-m88kbcs*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  *-*-solaris2*)	frag=mh-sysv4 ;;
+  *-*-sysv4*)		frag=mh-sysv4 ;;
+  *-*-sysv*)		frag=mh-sysv ;;
+  *-*-go32)		frag=mh-go32 ;;
+
+  *-*-vxworks5*)
+    # VxWorks 5 needs special action, because the usual
+    # autoconfiguration scheme does not work.
+    frag=mt-vxworks5
+    ;;
+esac
+
+# Try to handle funky case of solaris 2 -> sun 4.
+case "${host}" in
+  sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3)
+	if [ "${with_cross_host}" != "${host}" ] ; then
+	   frag=mt-sunos4
+	fi
+  ;;
+esac
+
+frags=$frag
+
+# If they didn't specify --enable-shared, don't generate shared libs.
+if [ "${enable_shared}" = "yes" ]; then
+  case "${host}" in
+    hppa*-*-*)	  frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-papic" ;;
+    i[345]86-*-*) frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-x86pic" ;;
+    *-*-*)	  frags="${frags} ../../config/mh-${host_cpu}pic" ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+echo "# Warning: this fragment is automatically generated" > temp-frag
+
+for frag in ${frags}; do
+  frag=${srcdir}/${xsrcdir}config/$frag
+  if [ -f ${frag} ]; then
+    echo "Appending ${frag} to xhost-mkfrag"
+    echo "# Following fragment copied from ${frag}" >> temp-frag
+    cat ${frag} >> temp-frag
+  fi
+done
+
+frag=xhost-mkfrag
+${moveifchange} temp-frag xhost-mkfrag
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-a68bsd b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-a68bsd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c5a237
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-a68bsd
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+RANLIB=ranlib
+CC= cc -A ansi -A runtype,any -A systype,any -U__STDC__
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-aix b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-aix
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7b848d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-aix
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+HDEFINES = -D__IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
+RANLIB=true
+INSTALL=cp
+
+# Most releases of AIX 3.1 include an incorrect internal version of copysign
+# in libc.a for use by some libc public functions including modf.  The public
+# version of copysign in libm.a is usable.  For the sake of libg++ (which
+# uses modf), we add copysign here.  Supposedly, this problem is fixed in AIX
+# 3.1.8 and above, including all releases of AIX 3.2.
+EXTRA_OFILES = copysign.o
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-apollo68 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-apollo68
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..651770c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-apollo68
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+RANLIB=true
+CC= cc -A ansi -A runtype,any -A systype,any -U__STDC__
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d4d30b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-cxux7
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+HDEFINES = -DHAVE_SYSCONF -DHARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT
+RANLIB=true
+INSTALL = cp
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-go32 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-go32
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7c9fe4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-go32
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+HDEFINES=-DHAVE_GETRUSAGE
+CC=i386-go32-gcc -O2 -fno-omit-frame-pointer
+AR=i386-go32-ar
+RANLIB=i386-go32-ranlib
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-hpbsd b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-hpbsd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce11dcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-hpbsd
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+# HPPA hosts using BSD
+RANLIB=true
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-irix4 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-irix4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ace7678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-irix4
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+CC = cc -cckr
+RANLIB = true
+INSTALL = cp
+EXTRA_OFILES = alloca.o
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-lynxos b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-lynxos
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f22110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-lynxos
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+HDEFINES = -DLOSING_SYS_SIGLIST
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-ncr3000 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-ncr3000
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a45c22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-ncr3000
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Host configuration file for an NCR 3000 (i486/SVR4) system.
+
+# The NCR 3000 ships with a MetaWare compiler installed as /bin/cc.
+# This compiler not only emits obnoxious copyright messages every time
+# you run it, but it chokes and dies on a whole bunch of GNU source
+# files.  Default to using the AT&T compiler installed in /usr/ccs/ATT/cc.
+# Unfortunately though, the AT&T compiler sometimes generates code that
+# the assembler barfs on if -g is used, so disable it by default as well.
+CC = /usr/ccs/ATT/cc
+CFLAGS =
+
+RANLIB = true
+
+# The /usr/ucb/install program is incompatible (complains about unknown
+# group staff).  Use good old cp...
+INSTALL = cp
+
+# The l flag generates a warning from the SVR4 archiver, remove it.
+AR_FLAGS = cq
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-riscix b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-riscix
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0209279
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-riscix
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# The native linker only reports the first undefined symbol if linking with a
+# shared library.  So build using gcc and link statically (this requires 
+# gcc 2.6.0 or above).
+
+ERRORS_CC = gcc
+ERRORS_LDFLAGS = -static
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-sysv b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-sysv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb102d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-sysv
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+RANLIB=true
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d1aa3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mh-sysv4
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+HDEFINES = -DHAVE_SYSCONF
+RANLIB=true
+INSTALL = cp
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mt-sunos4 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mt-sunos4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c25baa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mt-sunos4
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+XTRAFLAGS = -isystem /s1/cygnus/dejagnu/sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3/include/
+LOADLIBES = -L/s1/cygnus/dejagnu/sparc-sun-sunos4.1.3/lib
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mt-vxworks5 b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mt-vxworks5
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1a46d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/config/mt-vxworks5
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# VxWorks 5.x target Makefile fragment.
+# The autoconfiguration fails for a VxWorks target, because the
+# libraries are actually on the target board, not in the file system.
+# Therefore, we compute the dependencies by hand.
+
+HDEFINES = -DNO_SYS_PARAM_H
+CONFIG_H = vxconfig.h
+NEEDED_LIST = vxneeded-list
+
+vxconfig.h: Makefile
+	if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) xconfig.h; \
+	  cp xconfig.h vxconfig.h; \
+	else \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_nerr 1" >vxconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_errlist 1" >>vxconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_siglist 1" >>vxconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_psignal 1" >>vxconfig.h; \
+	fi
+
+vxneeded-list: Makefile
+	if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \
+	  $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) xneeded-list; \
+	  cp xneeded-list vxneeded-list; \
+	else \
+	  echo getopt.o getpagesize.o insque.o random.o strcasecmp.o strncasecmp.o strdup.o vfork.o sigsetmask.o waitpid.o >vxneeded-list; \
+	fi
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/configure.bat b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/configure.bat
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed33777
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/configure.bat
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+@echo off

+if "%1" == "h8/300" goto h8300

+

+echo Configuring libiberty for go32

+copy Makefile.dos Makefile

+echo #define NEED_sys_siglist 1 >> config.h

+echo #define NEED_psignal 1 >> config.h

+update alloca-normal.h alloca-conf.h

+goto exit

+

+:h8300

+echo Configuring libiberty for H8/300

+copy Makefile.dos Makefile

+

+:exit

diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/configure.in b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84e4eac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# This file is a shell script fragment that supplies the information
+# necessary for a configure script to process the program in
+# this directory.  For more information, look at ../configure.
+
+configdirs=
+srctrigger=getopt1.c
+srcname="-liberty library"
+
+# per-host:
+
+files="alloca-norm.h"
+links="alloca-conf.h"
+
+. ${srcdir}/config.table
+host_makefile_frag=${frag}
+
+# per-target:
+
+# post-target:
+
+# If this is the target libiberty, check at compile time whether we are using
+# newlib.  If we are, we already know the files we need, since the linker
+# will fail when run on some of the newlib targets.
+if [ -n "${with_target_subdir}" ] ; then
+  cat > Makefile.tem <<'!EOF!'
+CONFIG_H = xconfig.h
+NEEDED_LIST = xneeded-list
+
+xconfig.h: Makefile
+	if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_nerr 1" >xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_errlist 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_sys_siglist 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	  echo "#define NEED_psignal 1" >>xconfig.h; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) lconfig.h; \
+	  cp lconfig.h xconfig.h; \
+	fi
+
+xneeded-list: Makefile
+	if [ -f ../newlib/Makefile ]; then \
+	  echo insque.o random.o strdup.o alloca.o >xneeded-list; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) lneeded-list; \
+	  cp lneeded-list xneeded-list; \
+	fi
+!EOF!
+sed -e "/^####/  r Makefile.tem" \
+  -e '/INSTALL_DEST =/s/libdir/tooldir/' ${Makefile} > Makefile.tem3
+mv Makefile.tem3 ${Makefile}
+rm -f Makefile.tem
+fi
+
+# We need multilib support, but only if configuring for the target.
+if [ -n "${with_target_subdir}" ] ; then
+  case ${srcdir} in
+  .)
+    if [ "${with_target_subdir}" != "." ] ; then
+
+      # Set MULTISRCTOP to the value we need if we are not doing
+      # multilib.  This will be overridden if --enable-multilib was
+      # used.
+      sed -e "s:^MULTISRCTOP[ 	]*=.*$:MULTISRCTOP = ../:" \
+	${Makefile} > Makefile.tem
+      rm -f ${Makefile}
+      mv Makefile.tem ${Makefile}
+
+      . ${srcdir}/${with_multisrctop}../../config-ml.in
+    else
+      . ${srcdir}/${with_multisrctop}../config-ml.in
+    fi
+    ;;
+  *)
+    . ${srcdir}/../config-ml.in
+    ;;
+  esac
+fi
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/copysign.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/copysign.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b5f8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/copysign.c
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+typedef union 
+{
+  double value;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 11;
+    unsigned int fraction0:4;
+    unsigned int fraction1:16;
+    unsigned int fraction2:16;
+    unsigned int fraction3:16;
+    
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 11;
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int function0:3;
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+    unsigned int function2:16;
+    unsigned int function3:16;
+  } nan;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned long msw;
+    unsigned long lsw;
+  } parts;
+    long aslong[2];
+} __ieee_double_shape_type;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+typedef union 
+{
+  double value;
+  struct 
+  {
+#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS
+    unsigned int fraction3:16;
+    unsigned int fraction2:16;
+    unsigned int fraction1:16;
+    unsigned int fraction0: 4;
+#else
+    unsigned int fraction1:32;
+    unsigned int fraction0:20;
+#endif
+    unsigned int exponent :11;
+    unsigned int sign     : 1;
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+#ifdef __SMALL_BITFIELDS
+    unsigned int function3:16;
+    unsigned int function2:16;
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+    unsigned int function0:3;
+#else
+    unsigned int function1:32;
+    unsigned int function0:19;
+#endif
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 11;
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+  } nan;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned long lsw;
+    unsigned long msw;
+  } parts;
+
+  long aslong[2];
+
+} __ieee_double_shape_type;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_BIG_ENDIAN
+typedef union
+{
+  float value;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+    unsigned int exponent: 8;
+    unsigned int fraction0: 7;
+    unsigned int fraction1: 16;
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int sign:1;
+    unsigned int exponent:8;
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int function0:6;
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+  } nan;
+  long p1;
+  
+} __ieee_float_shape_type;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IEEE_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+typedef union
+{
+  float value;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int fraction0: 7;
+    unsigned int fraction1: 16;
+    unsigned int exponent: 8;
+    unsigned int sign : 1;
+  } number;
+  struct 
+  {
+    unsigned int function1:16;
+    unsigned int function0:6;
+    unsigned int quiet:1;
+    unsigned int exponent:8;
+    unsigned int sign:1;
+  } nan;
+  long p1;
+  
+} __ieee_float_shape_type;
+#endif
+
+
+double DEFUN(copysign, (x, y), double x AND double y)
+{
+  __ieee_double_shape_type a,b;
+  b.value = y;  
+  a.value = x;
+  a.number.sign =b.number.sign;
+  return a.value;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/cplus-dem.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7f8680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/cplus-dem.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3019 @@
+/* Demangler for GNU C++ 
+   Copyright 1989, 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by James Clark (jjc@jclark.uucp)
+   Rewritten by Fred Fish (fnf@cygnus.com) for ARM and Lucid demangling
+   
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file exports two functions; cplus_mangle_opname and cplus_demangle.
+
+   This file imports xmalloc and xrealloc, which are like malloc and
+   realloc except that they generate a fatal error if there is no
+   available memory. */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <demangle.h>
+#undef CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE
+#define CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE work->options
+
+extern char *xmalloc PARAMS((unsigned));
+extern char *xrealloc PARAMS((char *, unsigned));
+
+char *
+mystrstr (s1, s2)
+  char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  register char *p = s1;
+  register int len = strlen (s2);
+
+  for (; (p = strchr (p, *s2)) != 0; p++)
+    {
+      if (strncmp (p, s2, len) == 0)
+	{
+	  return (p);
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* In order to allow a single demangler executable to demangle strings
+   using various common values of CPLUS_MARKER, as well as any specific
+   one set at compile time, we maintain a string containing all the
+   commonly used ones, and check to see if the marker we are looking for
+   is in that string.  CPLUS_MARKER is usually '$' on systems where the
+   assembler can deal with that.  Where the assembler can't, it's usually
+   '.' (but on many systems '.' is used for other things).  We put the
+   current defined CPLUS_MARKER first (which defaults to '$'), followed
+   by the next most common value, followed by an explicit '$' in case
+   the value of CPLUS_MARKER is not '$'.
+
+   We could avoid this if we could just get g++ to tell us what the actual
+   cplus marker character is as part of the debug information, perhaps by
+   ensuring that it is the character that terminates the gcc<n>_compiled
+   marker symbol (FIXME). */
+
+#if !defined (CPLUS_MARKER)
+#define CPLUS_MARKER '$'
+#endif
+
+enum demangling_styles current_demangling_style = gnu_demangling;
+
+static char cplus_markers[] = { CPLUS_MARKER, '.', '$', '\0' };
+
+void
+set_cplus_marker_for_demangling (ch)
+     int ch;
+{
+    cplus_markers[0] = ch;
+}
+
+/* Stuff that is shared between sub-routines.
+ * Using a shared structure allows cplus_demangle to be reentrant. */
+
+struct work_stuff
+{
+  int options;
+  char **typevec;
+  int ntypes;
+  int typevec_size;
+  int constructor;
+  int destructor;
+  int static_type;	/* A static member function */
+  int const_type;	/* A const member function */
+};
+
+#define PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS (work -> options & DMGL_ANSI)
+#define PRINT_ARG_TYPES       (work -> options & DMGL_PARAMS)
+
+static const struct optable
+{
+  const char *in;
+  const char *out;
+  int flags;
+} optable[] = {
+  {"nw",	  " new",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
+  {"dl",	  " delete",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* new (1.92,	 ansi) */
+  {"new",	  " new",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
+  {"delete",	  " delete",	0},		/* old (1.91,	 and 1.x) */
+  {"vn",	  " new []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
+  {"vd",	  " delete []",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* GNU, pending ansi */
+  {"as",	  "=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ne",	  "!=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old, ansi */
+  {"eq",	  "==",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"ge",	  ">=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"gt",	  ">",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"le",	  "<=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"lt",	  "<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* old,	ansi */
+  {"plus",	  "+",		0},		/* old */
+  {"pl",	  "+",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"apl",	  "+=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"minus",	  "-",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mi",	  "-",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ami",	  "-=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"mult",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ml",	  "*",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"amu",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (ARM/Lucid) */
+  {"aml",	  "*=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi (GNU/g++) */
+  {"convert",	  "+",		0},		/* old (unary +) */
+  {"negate",	  "-",		0},		/* old (unary -) */
+  {"trunc_mod",	  "%",		0},		/* old */
+  {"md",	  "%",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"amd",	  "%=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"trunc_div",	  "/",		0},		/* old */
+  {"dv",	  "/",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"adv",	  "/=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_andif", "&&",		0},		/* old */
+  {"aa",	  "&&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_orif",  "||",		0},		/* old */
+  {"oo",	  "||",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"truth_not",	  "!",		0},		/* old */
+  {"nt",	  "!",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"postincrement","++",	0},		/* old */
+  {"pp",	  "++",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"postdecrement","--",	0},		/* old */
+  {"mm",	  "--",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_ior",	  "|",		0},		/* old */
+  {"or",	  "|",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aor",	  "|=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_xor",	  "^",		0},		/* old */
+  {"er",	  "^",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aer",	  "^=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_and",	  "&",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ad",	  "&",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"aad",	  "&=",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"bit_not",	  "~",		0},		/* old */
+  {"co",	  "~",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"call",	  "()",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cl",	  "()",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"alshift",	  "<<",		0},		/* old */
+  {"ls",	  "<<",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"als",	  "<<=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"arshift",	  ">>",		0},		/* old */
+  {"rs",	  ">>",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"ars",	  ">>=",	DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"component",	  "->",		0},		/* old */
+  {"pt",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; Lucid C++ form */
+  {"rf",	  "->",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi; ARM/GNU form */
+  {"indirect",	  "*",		0},		/* old */
+  {"method_call",  "->()",	0},		/* old */
+  {"addr",	  "&",		0},		/* old (unary &) */
+  {"array",	  "[]",		0},		/* old */
+  {"vc",	  "[]",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"compound",	  ", ",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cm",	  ", ",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* ansi */
+  {"cond",	  "?:",		0},		/* old */
+  {"cn",	  "?:",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"max",	  ">?",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mx",	  ">?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"min",	  "<?",		0},		/* old */
+  {"mn",	  "<?",		DMGL_ANSI},	/* pseudo-ansi */
+  {"nop",	  "",		0},		/* old (for operator=) */
+  {"rm",	  "->*",	DMGL_ANSI}	/* ansi */
+};
+
+
+typedef struct string		/* Beware: these aren't required to be */
+{				/*  '\0' terminated. */
+  char *b;			/* pointer to start of string */
+  char *p;			/* pointer after last character */
+  char *e;			/* pointer after end of allocated space */
+} string;
+
+#define STRING_EMPTY(str)	((str) -> b == (str) -> p)
+#define PREPEND_BLANK(str)	{if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \
+				   string_prepend(str, " ");}
+#define APPEND_BLANK(str)	{if (!STRING_EMPTY(str)) \
+				   string_append(str, " ");}
+
+#define ARM_VTABLE_STRING "__vtbl__"	/* Lucid/ARM virtual table prefix */
+#define ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN 8		/* strlen (ARM_VTABLE_STRING) */
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions */
+
+static char *
+mop_up PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, string *, int));
+
+#if 0
+static int
+demangle_method_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *));
+#endif
+
+static int
+demangle_template PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *work, const char **, string *,
+			   string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_qualified PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+			    int, int));
+
+static int
+demangle_class PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_fund_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_signature PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+demangle_prefix PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+gnu_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+arm_special PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+string_need PARAMS ((string *, int));
+
+static void
+string_delete PARAMS ((string *));
+
+static void
+string_init PARAMS ((string *));
+
+static void
+string_clear PARAMS ((string *));
+
+#if 0
+static int
+string_empty PARAMS ((string *));
+#endif
+
+static void
+string_append PARAMS ((string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+string_appends PARAMS ((string *, string *));
+
+static void
+string_appendn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+string_prepend PARAMS ((string *, const char *));
+
+static void
+string_prependn PARAMS ((string *, const char *, int));
+
+static int
+get_count PARAMS ((const char **, int *));
+
+static int
+consume_count PARAMS ((const char **));
+
+static int
+demangle_args PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+do_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static int
+do_arg PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *));
+
+static void
+demangle_function_name PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char **, string *,
+				const char *));
+
+static void
+remember_type PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *, const char *, int));
+
+static void
+forget_types PARAMS ((struct work_stuff *));
+
+static void
+string_prepends PARAMS ((string *, string *));
+
+/*  Translate count to integer, consuming tokens in the process.
+    Conversion terminates on the first non-digit character.
+    Trying to consume something that isn't a count results in
+    no consumption of input and a return of 0. */
+
+static int
+consume_count (type)
+    const char **type;
+{
+    int count = 0;
+
+    while (isdigit (**type))
+      {
+	count *= 10;
+	count += **type - '0';
+	(*type)++;
+      }
+    return (count);
+}
+
+int
+cplus_demangle_opname (opname, result, options)
+     const char *opname;
+     char *result;
+     int options;
+{
+  int len, i, len1, ret;
+  string type;
+  struct work_stuff work[1];
+  const char *tem;
+
+  len = strlen(opname);
+  result[0] = '\0';
+  ret = 0;
+  work->options = options;
+  
+  if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_'
+	  && opname[2] == 'o' && opname[3] == 'p')
+    {
+      /* ANSI.  */
+      /* type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = opname + 4;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  strcat (result, "operator ");
+	  strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	  ret = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (opname[0] == '_' && opname[1] == '_'
+	   && opname[2] >= 'a' && opname[2] <= 'z'
+	   && opname[3] >= 'a' && opname[3] <= 'z')
+    {
+      if (opname[4] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Operator.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 2) == 0)
+		{
+		  strcat (result, "operator");
+		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		  ret = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (opname[2] == 'a' && opname[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Assignment. */
+	      for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+		{
+		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
+		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 2, 3) == 0)
+		    {
+		      strcat (result, "operator");
+		      strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		      ret = 1;
+		      break;
+		    }		      
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (len >= 3 
+      && opname[0] == 'o'
+      && opname[1] == 'p'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[2]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
+      if (len >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
+	  && memcmp (opname + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      len1 = len - 10;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len1
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 10, len1) == 0)
+		{
+		  strcat (result, "operator");
+		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		  strcat (result, "=");
+		  ret = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      len1 = len - 3;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len1 
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, opname + 3, len1) == 0)
+		{
+		  strcat (result, "operator");
+		  strcat (result, optable[i].out);
+		  ret = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (len >= 5 && memcmp (opname, "type", 4) == 0
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, opname[4]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* type conversion operator */
+      tem = opname + 5;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  strcat (result, "operator ");
+	  strncat (result, type.b, type.p - type.b);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	  ret = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  return ret;
+
+}
+/* Takes operator name as e.g. "++" and returns mangled
+   operator name (e.g. "postincrement_expr"), or NULL if not found.
+
+   If OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 1, return the ANSI name;
+   if OPTIONS & DMGL_ANSI == 0, return the old GNU name.  */
+
+const char *
+cplus_mangle_opname (opname, options)
+     const char *opname;
+     int options;
+{
+  int i;
+  int len;
+
+  len = strlen (opname);
+  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+    {
+      if (strlen (optable[i].out) == len
+	  && (options & DMGL_ANSI) == (optable[i].flags & DMGL_ANSI)
+	  && memcmp (optable[i].out, opname, len) == 0)
+	return optable[i].in;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* check to see whether MANGLED can match TEXT in the first TEXT_LEN
+   characters. */
+
+int cplus_match (mangled, text, text_len)
+     const char *mangled;
+     char *text;
+     int text_len;
+{
+  if (strncmp (mangled, text, text_len) != 0) {
+    return(0); /* cannot match either */
+  } else {
+    return(1); /* matches mangled, may match demangled */
+  }
+}
+
+/* char *cplus_demangle (const char *mangled, int options)
+
+   If MANGLED is a mangled function name produced by GNU C++, then
+   a pointer to a malloced string giving a C++ representation
+   of the name will be returned; otherwise NULL will be returned.
+   It is the caller's responsibility to free the string which
+   is returned.
+
+   The OPTIONS arg may contain one or more of the following bits:
+
+   	DMGL_ANSI	ANSI qualifiers such as `const' and `void' are
+			included.
+	DMGL_PARAMS	Function parameters are included.
+
+   For example,
+   
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(int)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)	=> "A::foo(int)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Ai", 0)			=> "A::foo"
+
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS)		=> "A::foo(float,...)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI)=> "A::foo(float,...)"
+   cplus_demangle ("foo__1Afe", 0)			=> "A::foo"
+
+   Note that any leading underscores, or other such characters prepended by
+   the compilation system, are presumed to have already been stripped from
+   MANGLED.  */
+
+char *
+cplus_demangle (mangled, options)
+     const char *mangled;
+     int options;
+{
+  string decl;
+  int success = 0;
+  struct work_stuff work[1];
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+
+  if ((mangled != NULL) && (*mangled != '\0'))
+    {
+      memset ((char *) work, 0, sizeof (work));
+      work -> options = options;
+      if ((work->options & DMGL_STYLE_MASK) == 0)
+	work->options |= (int)current_demangling_style & DMGL_STYLE_MASK;
+      
+      string_init (&decl);
+
+      /* First check to see if gnu style demangling is active and if the
+	 string to be demangled contains a CPLUS_MARKER.  If so, attempt to
+	 recognize one of the gnu special forms rather than looking for a
+	 standard prefix.  In particular, don't worry about whether there
+	 is a "__" string in the mangled string.  Consider "_$_5__foo" for
+	 example. */
+
+      if ((AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING))
+	{
+	  success = gnu_special (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (!success)
+	{
+	  success = demangle_prefix (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (success && (*mangled != '\0'))
+	{
+	  success = demangle_signature (work, &mangled, &decl);
+	}
+      if (work->constructor == 2)
+        {
+          string_prepend(&decl, "global constructors keyed to ");
+          work->constructor = 0;
+        }
+      else if (work->destructor == 2)
+        {
+          string_prepend(&decl, "global destructors keyed to ");
+          work->destructor = 0;
+        }
+      demangled = mop_up (work, &decl, success);
+    }
+  return (demangled);
+}
+
+static char *
+mop_up (work, declp, success)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     string *declp;
+     int success;
+{
+  char *demangled = NULL;
+
+  /* Discard the remembered types, if any. */
+  
+  forget_types (work);
+  if (work -> typevec != NULL)
+    {
+      free ((char *) work -> typevec);
+    }
+  
+  /* If demangling was successful, ensure that the demangled string is null
+     terminated and return it.  Otherwise, free the demangling decl. */
+  
+  if (!success)
+    {
+      string_delete (declp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_appendn (declp, "", 1);
+      demangled = declp -> b;
+    }
+  return (demangled);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_signature -- demangle the signature part of a mangled name
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_signature (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			    string *declp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Consume and demangle the signature portion of the mangled name.
+
+	DECLP is the string where demangled output is being built.  At
+	entry it contains the demangled root name from the mangled name
+	prefix.  I.E. either a demangled operator name or the root function
+	name.  In some special cases, it may contain nothing.
+
+	*MANGLED points to the current unconsumed location in the mangled
+	name.  As tokens are consumed and demangling is performed, the
+	pointer is updated to continuously point at the next token to
+	be consumed.
+
+	Demangling GNU style mangled names is nasty because there is no
+	explicit token that marks the start of the outermost function
+	argument list.
+*/
+
+static int
+demangle_signature (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+  int func_done = 0;
+  int expect_func = 0;
+  const char *oldmangled = NULL;
+  string trawname;
+  string tname;
+
+  while (success && (**mangled != '\0'))
+    {
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	  case 'Q':
+	    oldmangled = *mangled;
+	    success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 1, 0);
+	    if (success)
+	      {
+		remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	      }
+	    if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	      {
+		expect_func = 1;
+	      }
+	    oldmangled = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  
+	  case 'S':
+	    /* Static member function */
+	    if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	      {
+		oldmangled = *mangled;
+	      }
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    work -> static_type = 1;
+	    break;
+
+	  case 'C':
+	    /* a const member function */
+	    if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	      {
+		oldmangled = *mangled;
+	      }
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    work -> const_type = 1;
+	    break;
+	  
+	  case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	  case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	    if (oldmangled == NULL)
+	      {
+		oldmangled = *mangled;
+	      }
+	    success = demangle_class (work, mangled, declp);
+	    if (success)
+	      {
+		remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+	      }
+	    if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	      {
+		expect_func = 1;
+	      }
+	    oldmangled = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  
+	  case 'F':
+	    /* Function */
+	    /* ARM style demangling includes a specific 'F' character after
+	     the class name.  For GNU style, it is just implied.  So we can
+	     safely just consume any 'F' at this point and be compatible
+	     with either style. */
+
+	    oldmangled = NULL;
+	    func_done = 1;
+	    (*mangled)++;
+
+	    /* For lucid/ARM style we have to forget any types we might
+	       have remembered up to this point, since they were not argument
+	       types.  GNU style considers all types seen as available for
+	       back references.  See comment in demangle_args() */
+
+	    if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)
+	      {
+		forget_types (work);
+	      }
+	    success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	    break;
+	  
+	  case 't':
+	    /* G++ Template */
+	    string_init(&trawname); 
+	    string_init(&tname);
+            if (oldmangled == NULL)
+              {
+                oldmangled = *mangled;
+              }
+	    success = demangle_template (work, mangled, &tname, &trawname);
+            if (success)
+              {
+                remember_type (work, oldmangled, *mangled - oldmangled);
+              }
+	    string_append(&tname, "::");
+	    string_prepends(declp, &tname);
+  	    if (work -> destructor & 1)
+    	      {
+      		string_prepend (&trawname, "~");
+      		string_appends (declp, &trawname);
+		work->destructor -= 1;
+    	      }
+  	    if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
+    	      {
+      		string_appends (declp, &trawname);
+		work->constructor -= 1;
+              }
+	    string_delete(&trawname);
+	    string_delete(&tname);
+	    oldmangled = NULL;
+	    expect_func = 1;
+	    break;
+
+	  case '_':
+	    /* At the outermost level, we cannot have a return type specified,
+	       so if we run into another '_' at this point we are dealing with
+	       a mangled name that is either bogus, or has been mangled by
+	       some algorithm we don't know how to deal with.  So just
+	       reject the entire demangling. */
+	    success = 0;
+	    break;
+
+	  default:
+	    if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	      {
+		/* Assume we have stumbled onto the first outermost function
+		   argument token, and start processing args. */
+		func_done = 1;
+		success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		/* Non-GNU demanglers use a specific token to mark the start
+		   of the outermost function argument tokens.  Typically 'F',
+		   for ARM-demangling, for example.  So if we find something
+		   we are not prepared for, it must be an error. */
+		success = 0;
+	      }
+	    break;
+	}
+/*
+      if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+*/
+	{
+	  if (success && expect_func)
+	    {
+	      func_done = 1;
+	      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (success && !func_done)
+    {
+      if (AUTO_DEMANGLING || GNU_DEMANGLING)
+	{
+	  /* With GNU style demangling, bar__3foo is 'foo::bar(void)', and
+	     bar__3fooi is 'foo::bar(int)'.  We get here when we find the
+	     first case, and need to ensure that the '(void)' gets added to
+	     the current declp.  Note that with ARM, the first case
+	     represents the name of a static data member 'foo::bar',
+	     which is in the current declp, so we leave it alone. */
+	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	}
+    }
+  if (success && work -> static_type && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, " static");
+    }
+  if (success && work -> const_type && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, " const");
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+static int
+demangle_method_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 0;
+
+  if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
+      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static int
+demangle_template (work, mangled, tname, trawname)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *tname;
+     string *trawname;
+{
+  int i;
+  int is_pointer;
+  int is_real;
+  int is_integral;
+  int is_char;
+  int is_bool;
+  int r;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int success = 0;
+  int done;
+  const char *old_p;
+  const char *start;
+  int symbol_len;
+  string temp;
+
+  (*mangled)++;
+  start = *mangled;
+  /* get template name */
+  if ((r = consume_count (mangled)) == 0 || strlen (*mangled) < r)
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  if (trawname)
+    string_appendn (trawname, *mangled, r);
+  string_appendn (tname, *mangled, r);
+  *mangled += r;
+  string_append (tname, "<");
+  /* get size of template parameter list */
+  if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  for (i = 0; i < r; i++)
+    {
+      if (need_comma)
+	{
+	  string_append (tname, ", ");
+	}
+      /* Z for type parameters */
+      if (**mangled == 'Z')
+	{
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      string_appends (tname, &temp);
+	    }
+	  string_delete(&temp);
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* otherwise, value parameter */
+	  old_p  = *mangled;
+	  is_pointer = 0;
+	  is_real = 0;
+	  is_integral = 0;
+          is_char = 0;
+	  is_bool = 0;
+	  done = 0;
+	  /* temp is initialized in do_type */
+	  success = do_type (work, mangled, &temp);
+/*
+	  if (success)
+	    {
+	      string_appends (tname, &temp);
+	    }
+*/
+	  string_delete(&temp);
+	  if (!success)
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+/*
+	  string_append (tname, "=");
+*/
+	  while (*old_p && !done)
+	    {	
+	      switch (*old_p)
+		{
+		  case 'P':
+		  case 'p':
+		  case 'R':
+		    done = is_pointer = 1;
+		    break;
+		  case 'C':	/* const */
+		  case 'S':	/* explicitly signed [char] */
+		  case 'U':	/* unsigned */
+		  case 'V':	/* volatile */
+		  case 'F':	/* function */
+		  case 'M':	/* member function */
+		  case 'O':	/* ??? */
+		    old_p++;
+		    continue;
+		  case 'Q':	/* qualified name */
+                    done = is_integral = 1;
+                    break;
+		  case 'T':	/* remembered type */
+		    abort ();
+		    break;
+		  case 'v':	/* void */
+		    abort ();
+		    break;
+		  case 'x':	/* long long */
+		  case 'l':	/* long */
+		  case 'i':	/* int */
+		  case 's':	/* short */
+		  case 'w':	/* wchar_t */
+		    done = is_integral = 1;
+		    break;
+		  case 'b':	/* bool */
+		    done = is_bool = 1;
+		    break;
+		  case 'c':	/* char */
+		    done = is_char = 1;
+		    break;
+		  case 'r':	/* long double */
+		  case 'd':	/* double */
+		  case 'f':	/* float */
+		    done = is_real = 1;
+		    break;
+		  default:
+		    /* it's probably user defined type, let's assume
+		       it's integral, it seems hard to figure out
+		       what it really is */
+		    done = is_integral = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	  if (is_integral)
+	    {
+	      if (**mangled == 'm')
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, "-", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	      while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (is_char)
+	    {
+            char tmp[2];
+            int val;
+              if (**mangled == 'm')
+                {
+                  string_appendn (tname, "-", 1);
+                  (*mangled)++;
+                }
+	      string_appendn (tname, "'", 1);
+              val = consume_count(mangled);
+	      if (val == 0)
+		{
+		  success = 0;
+		  break;
+                }
+              tmp[0] = (char)val;
+              tmp[1] = '\0';
+              string_appendn (tname, &tmp[0], 1);
+	      string_appendn (tname, "'", 1);
+	    }
+	  else if (is_bool)
+	    {
+	      int val = consume_count (mangled);
+	      if (val == 0)
+		string_appendn (tname, "false", 5);
+	      else if (val == 1)
+		string_appendn (tname, "true", 4);
+	      else
+		success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else if (is_real)
+	    {
+	      if (**mangled == 'm')
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, "-", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	      while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	      if (**mangled == '.') /* fraction */
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, ".", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		  while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		    {
+		      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		      (*mangled)++;
+		    }
+		}
+	      if (**mangled == 'e') /* exponent */
+		{
+		  string_appendn (tname, "e", 1);
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		  while (isdigit (**mangled))	
+		    {
+		      string_appendn (tname, *mangled, 1);
+		      (*mangled)++;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (is_pointer)
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &symbol_len))
+		{
+		  success = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      if (symbol_len == 0)
+		string_appendn (tname, "0", 1);
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *p = xmalloc (symbol_len + 1), *q;
+		  strncpy (p, *mangled, symbol_len);
+		  p [symbol_len] = '\0';
+		  q = cplus_demangle (p, work->options);
+		  string_appendn (tname, "&", 1);
+		  if (q)
+		    {
+		      string_append (tname, q);
+		      free (q);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    string_append (tname, p);
+		  free (p);
+		}
+	      *mangled += symbol_len;
+	    }
+	}
+      need_comma = 1;
+    }
+  if (tname->p[-1] == '>')
+    string_append (tname, " ");
+  string_append (tname, ">");
+  
+/*
+      if (work -> static_type)
+	{
+	  string_append (declp, *mangled + 1);
+	  *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+	  success = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  success = demangle_args (work, mangled, declp);
+	}
+    }
+*/
+  return (success);
+}
+
+static int
+arm_pt (work, mangled, n, anchor, args)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *mangled;
+     int n;
+     const char **anchor, **args;
+{
+  /* ARM template? */
+  if (ARM_DEMANGLING && (*anchor = mystrstr (mangled, "__pt__")))
+    {
+	int len;
+        *args = *anchor + 6;
+	len = consume_count (args);
+        if (*args + len == mangled + n && **args == '_')
+	  {
+	    ++*args;
+	    return 1;
+	  }
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, n, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     int n;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  const char *args;
+  const char *e = *mangled + n;
+
+  /* ARM template? */
+  if (arm_pt (work, *mangled, n, &p, &args))
+  {
+    string arg;
+    string_init (&arg);
+    string_appendn (declp, *mangled, p - *mangled);
+    string_append (declp, "<");
+    /* should do error checking here */
+    while (args < e) {
+      string_clear (&arg);
+      do_type (work, &args, &arg);
+      string_appends (declp, &arg);
+      string_append (declp, ",");
+    }
+    string_delete (&arg);
+    --declp->p;
+    string_append (declp, ">");
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+  }
+  *mangled += n;
+}
+
+static int
+demangle_class_name (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 0;
+
+  n = consume_count (mangled);
+  if (strlen (*mangled) >= n)
+  {
+    demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, n, declp);
+    success = 1;
+  }
+
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_class -- demangle a mangled class sequence
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_class (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			strint *declp)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	DECLP points to the buffer into which demangling is being done.
+
+	*MANGLED points to the current token to be demangled.  On input,
+	it points to a mangled class (I.E. "3foo", "13verylongclass", etc.)
+	On exit, it points to the next token after the mangled class on
+	success, or the first unconsumed token on failure.
+
+	If the CONSTRUCTOR or DESTRUCTOR flags are set in WORK, then
+	we are demangling a constructor or destructor.  In this case
+	we prepend "class::class" or "class::~class" to DECLP.
+
+	Otherwise, we prepend "class::" to the current DECLP.
+
+	Reset the constructor/destructor flags once they have been
+	"consumed".  This allows demangle_class to be called later during
+	the same demangling, to do normal class demangling.
+
+	Returns 1 if demangling is successful, 0 otherwise.
+
+*/
+
+static int
+demangle_class (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 0;
+  string class_name;
+
+  string_init (&class_name);
+  if (demangle_class_name (work, mangled, &class_name))
+    {
+      if ((work->constructor & 1) || (work->destructor & 1))
+	{
+	  string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
+	  if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (declp, "~");
+              work -> destructor -= 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      work -> constructor -= 1; 
+	    }
+	}
+      string_prepend (declp, "::");
+      string_prepends (declp, &class_name);
+      success = 1;
+    }
+  string_delete (&class_name);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_prefix -- consume the mangled name prefix and find signature
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_prefix (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			 string *declp);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Consume and demangle the prefix of the mangled name.
+
+	DECLP points to the string buffer into which demangled output is
+	placed.  On entry, the buffer is empty.  On exit it contains
+	the root function name, the demangled operator name, or in some
+	special cases either nothing or the completely demangled result.
+
+	MANGLED points to the current pointer into the mangled name.  As each
+	token of the mangled name is consumed, it is updated.  Upon entry
+	the current mangled name pointer points to the first character of
+	the mangled name.  Upon exit, it should point to the first character
+	of the signature if demangling was successful, or to the first
+	unconsumed character if demangling of the prefix was unsuccessful.
+	
+	Returns 1 on success, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_prefix (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *scan;
+  int i;
+
+  if (strlen(*mangled) >= 11 && strncmp(*mangled, "_GLOBAL_", 8) == 0)
+    {
+      char *marker = strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[8]);
+      if (marker != NULL && *marker == (*mangled)[10])
+	{
+	  if ((*mangled)[9] == 'D')
+	    {
+	      /* it's a GNU global destructor to be executed at program exit */
+	      (*mangled) += 11;
+	      work->destructor = 2;
+	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
+		return success;
+	    }
+	  else if ((*mangled)[9] == 'I')
+	    {
+	      /* it's a GNU global constructor to be executed at program init */
+	      (*mangled) += 11;
+	      work->constructor = 2;
+	      if (gnu_special (work, mangled, declp))
+		return success;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && strncmp(*mangled, "__std__", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      /* it's a ARM global destructor to be executed at program exit */
+      (*mangled) += 7;
+      work->destructor = 2;
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && strncmp(*mangled, "__sti__", 7) == 0)
+    {
+      /* it's a ARM global constructor to be executed at program initial */
+      (*mangled) += 7;
+      work->constructor = 2;
+    }
+
+/*  This block of code is a reduction in strength time optimization
+    of:
+    	scan = mystrstr (*mangled, "__"); */
+
+  {
+    scan = *mangled;
+
+    do {
+      scan = strchr (scan, '_');
+    } while (scan != NULL && *++scan != '_');
+
+    if (scan != NULL) --scan;
+  }
+
+  if (scan != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We found a sequence of two or more '_', ensure that we start at
+	 the last pair in the sequence. */
+      i = strspn (scan, "_");
+      if (i > 2)
+	{
+	  scan += (i - 2); 
+	}
+    }
+ 
+  if (scan == NULL)
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  else if (work -> static_type)
+    {
+      if (!isdigit (scan[0]) && (scan[0] != 't'))
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((scan == *mangled) &&
+	   (isdigit (scan[2]) || (scan[2] == 'Q') || (scan[2] == 't')))
+    {
+      /* The ARM says nothing about the mangling of local variables.
+	 But cfront mangles local variables by prepending __<nesting_level>
+	 to them. As an extension to ARM demangling we handle this case.  */
+      if ((LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING) && isdigit (scan[2]))
+	{
+	  *mangled = scan + 2;
+	  consume_count (mangled);
+	  string_append (declp, *mangled);
+	  *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+	  success = 1; 
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* A GNU style constructor starts with __[0-9Qt].  But cfront uses
+	     names like __Q2_3foo3bar for nested type names.  So don't accept
+	     this style of constructor for cfront demangling.  */
+	  if (!(LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING))
+	    work -> constructor += 1;
+	  *mangled = scan + 2;
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((scan == *mangled) && !isdigit (scan[2]) && (scan[2] != 't'))
+    {
+      /* Mangled name starts with "__".  Skip over any leading '_' characters,
+	 then find the next "__" that separates the prefix from the signature.
+	 */
+      if (!(ARM_DEMANGLING || LUCID_DEMANGLING)
+	  || (arm_special (work, mangled, declp) == 0))
+	{
+	  while (*scan == '_')
+	    {
+	      scan++;
+	    }
+	  if ((scan = mystrstr (scan, "__")) == NULL || (*(scan + 2) == '\0'))
+	    {
+	      /* No separator (I.E. "__not_mangled"), or empty signature
+		 (I.E. "__not_mangled_either__") */
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (ARM_DEMANGLING && scan[2] == 'p' && scan[3] == 't')
+    {
+      /* Cfront-style parameterized type.  Handled later as a signature. */
+      success = 1;
+
+      /* ARM template? */
+      demangle_arm_pt (work, mangled, strlen (*mangled), declp);
+    }
+  else if (*(scan + 2) != '\0')
+    {
+      /* Mangled name does not start with "__" but does have one somewhere
+	 in there with non empty stuff after it.  Looks like a global
+	 function name. */
+      demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Doesn't look like a mangled name */
+      success = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!success && (work->constructor == 2 || work->destructor == 2))
+    {
+      string_append (declp, *mangled);
+      *mangled += strlen (*mangled);
+      success = 1;
+    } 
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	gnu_special -- special handling of gnu mangled strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	gnu_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+		     string *declp);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Process some special GNU style mangling forms that don't fit
+	the normal pattern.  For example:
+
+		_$_3foo		(destructor for class foo)
+		_vt$foo		(foo virtual table)
+		_vt$foo$bar	(foo::bar virtual table)
+		__vt_foo	(foo virtual table, new style with thunks)
+		_3foo$varname	(static data member)
+		_Q22rs2tu$vw	(static data member)
+		__t6vector1Zii	(constructor with template)
+		__thunk_4__$_7ostream (virtual function thunk)
+ */
+
+static int
+gnu_special (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *p;
+
+  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[1]) != NULL
+      && (*mangled)[2] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Found a GNU style destructor, get past "_<CPLUS_MARKER>_" */
+      (*mangled) += 3;
+      work -> destructor += 1;
+    }
+  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+	   && (((*mangled)[1] == '_'
+		&& (*mangled)[2] == 'v'
+		&& (*mangled)[3] == 't'
+		&& (*mangled)[4] == '_')
+	     || ((*mangled)[1] == 'v'
+		 && (*mangled)[2] == 't'
+		 && strchr (cplus_markers, (*mangled)[3]) != NULL)))
+    {
+      /* Found a GNU style virtual table, get past "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>"
+         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
+	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
+	 to do. */
+      if ((*mangled)[2] == 'v')
+	(*mangled) += 5; /* New style, with thunks: "__vt_" */
+      else
+	(*mangled) += 4; /* Old style, no thunks: "_vt<CPLUS_MARKER>" */
+      while (**mangled != '\0')
+	{
+	  p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+	  switch (**mangled)
+	    {
+	    case 'Q':
+	      success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0);
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      if (isdigit(*mangled[0]))
+		{
+		  n = consume_count(mangled);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  n = strcspn (*mangled, cplus_markers);
+		}
+	      string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	      (*mangled) += n;
+	    }
+
+	  if (success && ((p == NULL) || (p == *mangled)))
+	    {
+	      if (p != NULL)
+		{
+		  string_append (declp, "::");
+		  (*mangled)++;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (success)
+	string_append (declp, " virtual table");
+    }
+  else if ((*mangled)[0] == '_'
+	   && (strchr("0123456789Qt", (*mangled)[1]) != NULL)
+	   && (p = strpbrk (*mangled, cplus_markers)) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* static data member, "_3foo$varname" for example */
+      (*mangled)++;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	  case 'Q':
+	    success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, declp, 0, 1);
+	    break;
+	  case 't':
+	    success = demangle_template (work, mangled, declp, 0);
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    n = consume_count (mangled);
+	    string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	    (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      if (success && (p == *mangled))
+	{
+	  /* Consumed everything up to the cplus_marker, append the
+	     variable name. */
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_append (declp, "::");
+	  n = strlen (*mangled);
+	  string_appendn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (strncmp (*mangled, "__thunk_", 8) == 0)
+    {
+      int delta = ((*mangled) += 8, consume_count (mangled));
+      char *method = cplus_demangle (++*mangled, work->options);
+      if (method)
+	{
+	  char buf[50];
+	  sprintf (buf, "virtual function thunk (delta:%d) for ", -delta);
+	  string_append (declp, buf);
+	  string_append (declp, method);
+	  free (method);
+	  n = strlen (*mangled);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	arm_special -- special handling of ARM/lucid mangled strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	arm_special (struct work_stuff *work, const char **mangled,
+			string *declp);
+
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Process some special ARM style mangling forms that don't fit
+	the normal pattern.  For example:
+
+		__vtbl__3foo		(foo virtual table)
+		__vtbl__3foo__3bar	(bar::foo virtual table)
+
+ */
+
+static int
+arm_special (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  int n;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *scan;
+
+  if (strncmp (*mangled, ARM_VTABLE_STRING, ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Found a ARM style virtual table, get past ARM_VTABLE_STRING
+         and create the decl.  Note that we consume the entire mangled
+	 input string, which means that demangle_signature has no work
+	 to do. */
+      scan = *mangled + ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
+      while (*scan != '\0')        /* first check it can be demangled */
+        {
+          n = consume_count (&scan);
+          if (n==0)
+	    {
+	      return (0);           /* no good */
+	    }
+          scan += n;
+          if (scan[0] == '_' && scan[1] == '_')
+	    {
+	      scan += 2;
+	    }
+        }
+      (*mangled) += ARM_VTABLE_STRLEN;
+      while (**mangled != '\0')
+	{
+	  n = consume_count (mangled);
+	  string_prependn (declp, *mangled, n);
+	  (*mangled) += n;
+	  if ((*mangled)[0] == '_' && (*mangled)[1] == '_')
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (declp, "::");
+	      (*mangled) += 2;
+	    }
+	}
+      string_append (declp, " virtual table");
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      success = 0;
+    }
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	demangle_qualified -- demangle 'Q' qualified name strings
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	demangle_qualified (struct work_stuff *, const char *mangled,
+			    string *result, int isfuncname, int append);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Demangle a qualified name, such as "Q25Outer5Inner" which is
+	the mangled form of "Outer::Inner".  The demangled output is
+	prepended or appended to the result string according to the
+	state of the append flag.
+
+	If isfuncname is nonzero, then the qualified name we are building
+	is going to be used as a member function name, so if it is a
+	constructor or destructor function, append an appropriate
+	constructor or destructor name.  I.E. for the above example,
+	the result for use as a constructor is "Outer::Inner::Inner"
+	and the result for use as a destructor is "Outer::Inner::~Inner".
+
+BUGS
+
+	Numeric conversion is ASCII dependent (FIXME).
+
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, isfuncname, append)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+     int isfuncname;
+     int append;
+{
+  int qualifiers;
+  int namelength;
+  int success = 1;
+  const char *p;
+  char num[2];
+  string temp;
+
+  string_init (&temp);
+  switch ((*mangled)[1])
+    {
+    case '_':
+      /* GNU mangled name with more than 9 classes.  The count is preceded
+	 by an underscore (to distinguish it from the <= 9 case) and followed
+	 by an underscore.  */
+      p = *mangled + 2;
+      qualifiers = atoi (p);
+      if (!isdigit (*p) || *p == '0')
+	success = 0;
+
+      /* Skip the digits.  */
+      while (isdigit (*p))
+	++p;
+
+      if (*p != '_')
+	success = 0;
+
+      *mangled = p + 1;
+      break;
+
+    case '1':
+    case '2':
+    case '3':
+    case '4':
+    case '5':
+    case '6':
+    case '7':
+    case '8':
+    case '9':
+      /* The count is in a single digit.  */
+      num[0] = (*mangled)[1];
+      num[1] = '\0';
+      qualifiers = atoi (num);
+
+      /* If there is an underscore after the digit, skip it.  This is
+	 said to be for ARM-qualified names, but the ARM makes no
+	 mention of such an underscore.  Perhaps cfront uses one.  */
+      if ((*mangled)[2] == '_')
+	{
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	}
+      (*mangled) += 2;
+      break;
+
+    case '0':
+    default:
+      success = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!success)
+    return success;
+
+  /* Pick off the names and collect them in the temp buffer in the order
+     in which they are found, separated by '::'. */
+
+  while (qualifiers-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*mangled[0] == '_') 
+	*mangled = *mangled + 1;
+      if (*mangled[0] == 't')
+	{
+	  success = demangle_template(work, mangled, &temp, 0);
+	  if (!success) break;
+	}
+      else
+        {	
+	  namelength = consume_count (mangled);
+      	  if (strlen (*mangled) < namelength)
+	    {
+	    /* Simple sanity check failed */
+	       success = 0;
+	       break;
+	    }
+      	  string_appendn (&temp, *mangled, namelength);
+      	  *mangled += namelength;
+	}
+      if (qualifiers > 0)
+        {
+          string_appendn (&temp, "::", 2);
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* If we are using the result as a function name, we need to append
+     the appropriate '::' separated constructor or destructor name.
+     We do this here because this is the most convenient place, where
+     we already have a pointer to the name and the length of the name. */
+
+  if (isfuncname && (work->constructor & 1 || work->destructor & 1))
+    {
+      string_appendn (&temp, "::", 2);
+      if (work -> destructor & 1)
+	{
+	  string_append (&temp, "~");
+	}
+      string_appendn (&temp, (*mangled) - namelength, namelength);
+    }
+
+  /* Now either prepend the temp buffer to the result, or append it, 
+     depending upon the state of the append flag. */
+
+  if (append)
+    {
+      string_appends (result, &temp);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!STRING_EMPTY (result))
+	{
+	  string_appendn (&temp, "::", 2);
+	}
+      string_prepends (result, &temp);
+    }
+
+  string_delete (&temp);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/*
+
+LOCAL FUNCTION
+
+	get_count -- convert an ascii count to integer, consuming tokens
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static int
+	get_count (const char **type, int *count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Return 0 if no conversion is performed, 1 if a string is converted.
+*/
+
+static int
+get_count (type, count)
+     const char **type;
+     int *count;
+{
+  const char *p;
+  int n;
+
+  if (!isdigit (**type))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      *count = **type - '0';
+      (*type)++;
+      if (isdigit (**type))
+	{
+	  p = *type;
+	  n = *count;
+	  do 
+	    {
+	      n *= 10;
+	      n += *p - '0';
+	      p++;
+	    } 
+	  while (isdigit (*p));
+	  if (*p == '_')
+	    {
+	      *type = p + 1;
+	      *count = n;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* result will be initialised here; it will be freed on failure */
+
+static int
+do_type (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int n;
+  int done;
+  int success;
+  string decl;
+  const char *remembered_type;
+  int constp;
+  int volatilep;
+
+  string_init (&decl);
+  string_init (result);
+
+  done = 0;
+  success = 1;
+  while (success && !done)
+    {
+      int member;
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+
+	/* A pointer type */
+	case 'P':
+	case 'p':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_prepend (&decl, "*");
+	  break;
+
+	/* A reference type */
+	case 'R':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  string_prepend (&decl, "&");
+	  break;
+
+	/* An array */
+	case 'A':
+	  {
+	    const char *p = ++(*mangled);
+
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	    string_append (&decl, ")[");
+	    /* Copy anything up until the next underscore (the size of the
+	       array).  */
+	    while (**mangled && **mangled != '_')
+	      ++(*mangled);
+	    if (**mangled == '_')
+	      {
+		string_appendn (&decl, p, *mangled - p);
+		string_append (&decl, "]");             
+		*mangled += 1;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      success = 0;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	/* A back reference to a previously seen type */
+	case 'T':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (!get_count (mangled, &n) || n >= work -> ntypes)
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      remembered_type = work -> typevec[n];
+	      mangled = &remembered_type;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	/* A function */
+	case 'F':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+	  if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl) && decl.b[0] == '*')
+	    {
+	      string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	      string_append (&decl, ")");
+	    }
+	  /* After picking off the function args, we expect to either find the
+	     function return type (preceded by an '_') or the end of the
+	     string. */
+	  if (!demangle_args (work, mangled, &decl)
+	      || (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0'))
+	    {
+	      success = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (success && (**mangled == '_'))
+	    {
+	      (*mangled)++;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M':
+	case 'O':
+	  {
+	    constp = 0;
+	    volatilep = 0;
+
+	    member = **mangled == 'M';
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (!isdigit (**mangled))
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    n = consume_count (mangled);
+	    if (strlen (*mangled) < n)
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    string_append (&decl, ")");
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "::");
+	    string_prependn (&decl, *mangled, n);
+	    string_prepend (&decl, "(");
+	    *mangled += n;
+	    if (member)
+	      {
+		if (**mangled == 'C')
+		  {
+		    (*mangled)++;
+		    constp = 1;
+		  }
+		if (**mangled == 'V')
+		  {
+		    (*mangled)++;
+		    volatilep = 1;
+		  }
+		if (*(*mangled)++ != 'F')
+		  {
+		    success = 0;
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    if ((member && !demangle_args (work, mangled, &decl))
+		|| **mangled != '_')
+	      {
+		success = 0;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (! PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	      {
+		break;
+	      }
+	    if (constp)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (&decl);
+		string_append (&decl, "const");
+	      }
+	    if (volatilep)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (&decl);
+		string_append (&decl, "volatile");
+	      }
+	    break;
+	  }
+        case 'G':
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    break;
+
+	case 'C':
+	  (*mangled)++;
+/*
+	  if ((*mangled)[1] == 'P')
+	    {
+*/
+	      if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+		{
+		  if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
+		    {
+		      string_prepend (&decl, " ");
+		    }
+		  string_prepend (&decl, "const");
+		}
+	      break;
+/*
+	    }
+*/
+
+	  /* fall through */
+	default:
+	  done = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  switch (**mangled)
+    {
+      /* A qualified name, such as "Outer::Inner". */
+      case 'Q':
+        success = demangle_qualified (work, mangled, result, 0, 1);
+	break;
+
+      default:
+	success = demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result);
+	break;
+    }
+
+  if (success)
+    {
+      if (!STRING_EMPTY (&decl))
+	{
+	  string_append (result, " ");
+	  string_appends (result, &decl);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      string_delete (result);
+    }
+  string_delete (&decl);
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/* Given a pointer to a type string that represents a fundamental type
+   argument (int, long, unsigned int, etc) in TYPE, a pointer to the
+   string in which the demangled output is being built in RESULT, and
+   the WORK structure, decode the types and add them to the result.
+
+   For example:
+
+   	"Ci"	=>	"const int"
+	"Sl"	=>	"signed long"
+	"CUs"	=>	"const unsigned short"
+
+   */
+
+static int
+demangle_fund_type (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  int done = 0;
+  int success = 1;
+
+  /* First pick off any type qualifiers.  There can be more than one. */
+
+  while (!done)
+    {
+      switch (**mangled)
+	{
+	  case 'C':
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (result);
+		string_append (result, "const");
+	      }
+	    break;
+	  case 'U':
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	    string_append (result, "unsigned");
+	    break;
+	  case 'S': /* signed char only */
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	    string_append (result, "signed");
+	    break;
+	  case 'V':
+	    (*mangled)++;
+	    if (PRINT_ANSI_QUALIFIERS)
+	      {
+		APPEND_BLANK (result);
+		string_append (result, "volatile");
+	      }
+	    break;
+	  default:
+	    done = 1;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now pick off the fundamental type.  There can be only one. */
+
+  switch (**mangled)
+    {
+      case '\0':
+      case '_':
+	break;
+      case 'v':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "void");
+	break;
+      case 'x':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "long long");
+	break;
+      case 'l':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "long");
+	break;
+      case 'i':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "int");
+	break;
+      case 's':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "short");
+	break;
+      case 'b':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "bool");
+	break;
+      case 'c':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "char");
+	break;
+      case 'w':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "wchar_t");
+	break;
+      case 'r':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "long double");
+	break;
+      case 'd':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "double");
+	break;
+      case 'f':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	string_append (result, "float");
+	break;
+      case 'G':
+	(*mangled)++;
+	if (!isdigit (**mangled))
+	  {
+	    success = 0;
+	    break;
+	  }
+	/* fall through */
+      /* An explicit type, such as "6mytype" or "7integer" */
+      case '0':
+      case '1':
+      case '2':
+      case '3':
+      case '4':
+      case '5':
+      case '6':
+      case '7':
+      case '8':
+      case '9':
+	APPEND_BLANK (result);
+	if (!demangle_class_name (work, mangled, result)) {
+	  --result->p;
+	  success = 0;
+	}
+	break;
+      case 't':
+        success = demangle_template(work,mangled, result, 0);
+        break;
+      default:
+	success = 0;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return (success);
+}
+
+/* `result' will be initialized in do_type; it will be freed on failure */
+
+static int
+do_arg (work, mangled, result)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *result;
+{
+  const char *start = *mangled;
+
+  if (!do_type (work, mangled, result))
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      remember_type (work, start, *mangled - start);
+      return (1);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+remember_type (work, start, len)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char *start;
+     int len;
+{
+  char *tem;
+
+  if (work -> ntypes >= work -> typevec_size)
+    {
+      if (work -> typevec_size == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> typevec_size = 3;
+	  work -> typevec =
+	    (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  work -> typevec_size *= 2;
+	  work -> typevec =
+	    (char **) xrealloc ((char *)work -> typevec,
+				sizeof (char *) * work -> typevec_size);
+	}
+    }
+  tem = xmalloc (len + 1);
+  memcpy (tem, start, len);
+  tem[len] = '\0';
+  work -> typevec[work -> ntypes++] = tem;
+}
+
+/* Forget the remembered types, but not the type vector itself. */
+
+static void
+forget_types (work)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  while (work -> ntypes > 0)
+    {
+      i = --(work -> ntypes);
+      if (work -> typevec[i] != NULL)
+	{
+	  free (work -> typevec[i]);
+	  work -> typevec[i] = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Process the argument list part of the signature, after any class spec
+   has been consumed, as well as the first 'F' character (if any).  For
+   example:
+
+   "__als__3fooRT0"		=>	process "RT0"
+   "complexfunc5__FPFPc_PFl_i"	=>	process "PFPc_PFl_i"
+
+   DECLP must be already initialised, usually non-empty.  It won't be freed
+   on failure.
+
+   Note that g++ differs significantly from ARM and lucid style mangling
+   with regards to references to previously seen types.  For example, given
+   the source fragment:
+
+     class foo {
+       public:
+       foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic);
+     };
+
+     foo::foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
+     void foo (int, foo &ia, int, foo &ib, int, foo &ic) { ia = ib = ic; }
+
+   g++ produces the names:
+
+     __3fooiRT0iT2iT2
+     foo__FiR3fooiT1iT1
+
+   while lcc (and presumably other ARM style compilers as well) produces:
+
+     foo__FiR3fooT1T2T1T2
+     __ct__3fooFiR3fooT1T2T1T2
+
+   Note that g++ bases it's type numbers starting at zero and counts all
+   previously seen types, while lucid/ARM bases it's type numbers starting
+   at one and only considers types after it has seen the 'F' character
+   indicating the start of the function args.  For lucid/ARM style, we
+   account for this difference by discarding any previously seen types when
+   we see the 'F' character, and subtracting one from the type number
+   reference.
+
+ */
+
+static int
+demangle_args (work, mangled, declp)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+{
+  string arg;
+  int need_comma = 0;
+  int r;
+  int t;
+  const char *tem;
+  char temptype;
+
+  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, "(");
+      if (**mangled == '\0')
+	{
+	  string_append (declp, "void");
+	}
+    }
+
+  while (**mangled != '_' && **mangled != '\0' && **mangled != 'e')
+    {
+      if ((**mangled == 'N') || (**mangled == 'T'))
+	{
+	  temptype = *(*mangled)++;
+	  
+	  if (temptype == 'N')
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &r))
+		{
+		  return (0);
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      r = 1;
+	    }
+          if (ARM_DEMANGLING && work -> ntypes >= 10)
+            {
+              /* If we have 10 or more types we might have more than a 1 digit
+                 index so we'll have to consume the whole count here. This
+                 will lose if the next thing is a type name preceded by a
+                 count but it's impossible to demangle that case properly
+                 anyway. Eg if we already have 12 types is T12Pc "(..., type1,
+                 Pc, ...)"  or "(..., type12, char *, ...)" */
+              if ((t = consume_count(mangled)) == 0)
+                {
+                  return (0);
+                }
+            }
+          else
+	    {
+	      if (!get_count (mangled, &t))
+	    	{
+	          return (0);
+	    	}
+	    }
+	  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)
+	    {
+	      t--;
+	    }
+	  /* Validate the type index.  Protect against illegal indices from
+	     malformed type strings. */
+	  if ((t < 0) || (t >= work -> ntypes))
+	    {
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  while (--r >= 0)
+	    {
+	      tem = work -> typevec[t];
+	      if (need_comma && PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+		{
+		  string_append (declp, ", ");
+		}
+	      if (!do_arg (work, &tem, &arg))
+		{
+		  return (0);
+		}
+	      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+		{
+		  string_appends (declp, &arg);
+		}
+	      string_delete (&arg);
+	      need_comma = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (need_comma & PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	    {
+	      string_append (declp, ", ");
+	    }
+	  if (!do_arg (work, mangled, &arg))
+	    {
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	    {
+	      string_appends (declp, &arg);
+	    }
+	  string_delete (&arg);
+	  need_comma = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (**mangled == 'e')
+    {
+      (*mangled)++;
+      if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+	{
+	  if (need_comma)
+	    {
+	      string_append (declp, ",");
+	    }
+	  string_append (declp, "...");
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (PRINT_ARG_TYPES)
+    {
+      string_append (declp, ")");
+    }
+  return (1);
+}
+
+static void
+demangle_function_name (work, mangled, declp, scan)
+     struct work_stuff *work;
+     const char **mangled;
+     string *declp;
+     const char *scan;
+{
+  int i;
+  int len;
+  string type;
+  const char *tem;
+
+  string_appendn (declp, (*mangled), scan - (*mangled));
+  string_need (declp, 1);
+  *(declp -> p) = '\0';
+
+  /* Consume the function name, including the "__" separating the name
+     from the signature.  We are guaranteed that SCAN points to the
+     separator. */
+
+  (*mangled) = scan + 2;
+
+  if (LUCID_DEMANGLING || ARM_DEMANGLING)
+    {
+
+      /* See if we have an ARM style constructor or destructor operator.
+	 If so, then just record it, clear the decl, and return.
+	 We can't build the actual constructor/destructor decl until later,
+	 when we recover the class name from the signature. */
+
+      if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__ct") == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> constructor += 1;
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  return;
+	}
+      else if (strcmp (declp -> b, "__dt") == 0)
+	{
+	  work -> destructor += 1;
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (declp->p - declp->b >= 3 
+      && declp->b[0] == 'o'
+      && declp->b[1] == 'p'
+      && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[2]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* see if it's an assignment expression */
+      if (declp->p - declp->b >= 10 /* op$assign_ */
+	  && memcmp (declp->b + 3, "assign_", 7) == 0)
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      len = declp->p - declp->b - 10;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 10, len) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  string_append (declp, "=");
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      int len = declp->p - declp->b - 3;
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == len 
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 3, len) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->p - declp->b >= 5 && memcmp (declp->b, "type", 4) == 0
+	   && strchr (cplus_markers, declp->b[4]) != NULL)
+    {
+      /* type conversion operator */
+      tem = declp->b + 5;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
+	  string_appends (declp, &type);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
+	  && declp->b[2] == 'o' && declp->b[3] == 'p')
+    {
+      /* ANSI.  */
+      /* type conversion operator.  */
+      tem = declp->b + 4;
+      if (do_type (work, &tem, &type))
+	{
+	  string_clear (declp);
+	  string_append (declp, "operator ");
+	  string_appends (declp, &type);
+	  string_delete (&type);
+	}
+    }
+  else if (declp->b[0] == '_' && declp->b[1] == '_'
+	   && declp->b[2] >= 'a' && declp->b[2] <= 'z'
+	   && declp->b[3] >= 'a' && declp->b[3] <= 'z')
+    {
+      if (declp->b[4] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* Operator.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+	    {
+	      if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 2
+		  && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 2) == 0)
+		{
+		  string_clear (declp);
+		  string_append (declp, "operator");
+		  string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (declp->b[2] == 'a' && declp->b[5] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Assignment. */
+	      for (i = 0; i < sizeof (optable) / sizeof (optable[0]); i++)
+		{
+		  if (strlen (optable[i].in) == 3
+		      && memcmp (optable[i].in, declp->b + 2, 3) == 0)
+		    {
+		      string_clear (declp);
+		      string_append (declp, "operator");
+		      string_append (declp, optable[i].out);
+		      break;
+		    }		      
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* a mini string-handling package */
+
+static void
+string_need (s, n)
+     string *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  int tem;
+
+  if (s->b == NULL)
+    {
+      if (n < 32)
+	{
+	  n = 32;
+	}
+      s->p = s->b = xmalloc (n);
+      s->e = s->b + n;
+    }
+  else if (s->e - s->p < n)
+    {
+      tem = s->p - s->b;
+      n += tem;
+      n *= 2;
+      s->b = xrealloc (s->b, n);
+      s->p = s->b + tem;
+      s->e = s->b + n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_delete (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  if (s->b != NULL)
+    {
+      free (s->b);
+      s->b = s->e = s->p = NULL;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_init (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  s->b = s->p = s->e = NULL;
+}
+
+static void 
+string_clear (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  s->p = s->b;
+}
+
+#if 0
+
+static int
+string_empty (s)
+     string *s;
+{
+  return (s->b == s->p);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static void
+string_append (p, s)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  int n;
+  if (s == NULL || *s == '\0')
+    return;
+  n = strlen (s);
+  string_need (p, n);
+  memcpy (p->p, s, n);
+  p->p += n;
+}
+
+static void
+string_appends (p, s)
+     string *p, *s;
+{
+  int n;
+
+  if (s->b != s->p)
+    {
+      n = s->p - s->b;
+      string_need (p, n);
+      memcpy (p->p, s->b, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_appendn (p, s, n)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  if (n != 0)
+    {
+      string_need (p, n);
+      memcpy (p->p, s, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prepend (p, s)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+{
+  if (s != NULL && *s != '\0')
+    {
+      string_prependn (p, s, strlen (s));
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prepends (p, s)
+     string *p, *s;
+{
+  if (s->b != s->p)
+    {
+      string_prependn (p, s->b, s->p - s->b);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+string_prependn (p, s, n)
+     string *p;
+     const char *s;
+     int n;
+{
+  char *q;
+
+  if (n != 0)
+    {
+      string_need (p, n);
+      for (q = p->p - 1; q >= p->b; q--)
+	{
+	  q[n] = q[0];
+	}
+      memcpy (p->b, s, n);
+      p->p += n;
+    }
+}
+
+/* To generate a standalone demangler program for testing purposes,
+   just compile and link this file with -DMAIN and libiberty.a.  When
+   run, it demangles each command line arg, or each stdin string, and
+   prints the result on stdout. */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+static void
+demangle_it (mangled_name)
+  char *mangled_name;
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  result = cplus_demangle (mangled_name, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    {
+      printf ("%s\n", mangled_name);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      printf ("%s\n", result);
+      free (result);
+    }
+}
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+static char *program_name;
+static char *program_version = VERSION;
+
+static void
+usage (stream, status)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int status;
+{    
+  fprintf (stream, "\
+Usage: %s [-_] [-n] [-s {gnu,lucid,arm}] [--strip-underscores]\n\
+       [--no-strip-underscores] [--format={gnu,lucid,arm}]\n\
+       [--help] [--version] [arg...]\n",
+	   program_name);
+  exit (status);
+}
+
+#define MBUF_SIZE 512
+char mbuffer[MBUF_SIZE];
+
+/* Defined in the automatically-generated underscore.c. */
+extern int prepends_underscore;
+
+int strip_underscore = 0;
+
+static struct option long_options[] = {
+  {"strip-underscores", no_argument, 0, '_'},
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, 's'},
+  {"help", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
+  {"no-strip-underscores", no_argument, 0, 'n'},
+  {"version", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
+  {0, no_argument, 0, 0}
+};
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *result;
+  int c;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+
+  strip_underscore = prepends_underscore;
+
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "_ns:", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+    {
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	  case '?':
+	    usage (stderr, 1);
+	    break;
+	  case 'h':
+	    usage (stdout, 0);
+	  case 'n':
+	    strip_underscore = 0;
+	    break;
+	  case 'v':
+	    printf ("GNU %s version %s\n", program_name, program_version);
+	    exit (0);
+	  case '_':
+	    strip_underscore = 1;
+	    break;
+	  case 's':
+	    if (strcmp (optarg, "gnu") == 0)
+	      {
+		current_demangling_style = gnu_demangling;
+	      }
+	    else if (strcmp (optarg, "lucid") == 0)
+	      {
+		current_demangling_style = lucid_demangling;
+	      }
+	    else if (strcmp (optarg, "arm") == 0)
+	      {
+		current_demangling_style = arm_demangling;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown demangling style `%s'\n",
+			 program_name, optarg);
+		exit (1);
+	      }
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      for ( ; optind < argc; optind++)
+	{
+	  demangle_it (argv[optind]);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  int i = 0;
+	  c = getchar ();
+	  /* Try to read a label. */
+	  while (c != EOF && (isalnum(c) || c == '_' || c == '$' || c == '.'))
+	    {
+	      if (i >= MBUF_SIZE-1)
+		break;
+	      mbuffer[i++] = c;
+	      c = getchar ();
+	    }
+	  if (i > 0)
+	    {
+	      int skip_first = 0;
+
+	      if (mbuffer[0] == '.')
+		++skip_first;
+	      if (strip_underscore && mbuffer[skip_first] == '_')
+		++skip_first;
+
+	      if (skip_first > i)
+		skip_first = i;
+
+	      mbuffer[i] = 0;
+	      
+	      result = cplus_demangle (mbuffer + skip_first,
+				       DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
+	      if (result)
+		{
+		  if (mbuffer[0] == '.')
+		    putc ('.', stdout);
+		  fputs (result, stdout);
+		  free (result);
+		}
+	      else
+		fputs (mbuffer, stdout);
+
+	      fflush (stdout);
+	    }
+	  if (c == EOF)
+	    break;
+	  putchar (c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+static void
+fatal (str)
+     char *str;
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", program_name, str);
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+char * malloc ();
+char * realloc ();
+
+char *
+xmalloc (size)
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *value = (char *) malloc (size);
+  if (value == 0)
+    fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+  return value;
+}
+
+char *
+xrealloc (ptr, size)
+     char *ptr;
+     unsigned size;
+{
+  register char *value = (char *) realloc (ptr, size);
+  if (value == 0)
+    fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
+  return value;
+}
+#endif	/* main */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/dummy.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/dummy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08da647
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/dummy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#define clock_t unsigned long
+#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (ARGS);
+#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME (ARGS);
+#else
+#define void int
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#define clock_t unsigned long
+#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME ();
+#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARGLIST, ARGS) extern RETURN_TYPE NAME ();
+#endif
+
+#define DEFVAR(NAME,DECL,USE) extern DECL;
+
+#define NOTHING /*nothing*/
+
+#include "alloca-conf.h"
+#include "functions.def"
+
+/* Always use our: getopt.o getopt1.o obstack.o spaces.o */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc; char **argv;
+{
+
+/* Create a dummy function call for each DEF-defined function. */
+
+#undef DEF
+#undef DEFVAR
+#undef DEFFUNC
+#undef AND
+#define AND = 0;
+/* ARGS expands into a set of declaration.  NAME ARG_LIST expands
+   info a function call that uses those variables as actual parameters.
+   If the function has been DEF'ed correctly, we can pass the right
+   number and types of parameters, which is nice.  (E.g. gcc may
+   otherwise complain about the wrong number of parameters to certain
+   builtins.) */
+#define DEF(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARG_LIST, ARGS) { ARGS; NAME ARG_LIST; }
+#define DEFVAR(NAME, DECL, USE) { USE; }
+#define DEFFUNC(NAME, RETURN_TYPE, ARG_LIST, ARGS) { ARGS; NAME ARG_LIST; }
+#include "functions.def"
+
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/fdmatch.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/fdmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7af039f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/fdmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Compare two open file descriptors to see if they refer to the same file.
+   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	fdmatch -- see if two file descriptors refer to same file
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int fdmatch (int fd1, int fd2)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Check to see if two open file descriptors refer to the same file.
+	This is useful, for example, when we have an open file descriptor
+	for an unnamed file, and the name of a file that we believe to 
+	correspond to that fd.  This can happen when we are exec'd with
+	an already open file (stdout for example) or from the SVR4 /proc
+	calls that return open file descriptors for mapped address spaces.
+	All we have to do is open the file by name and check the two file
+	descriptors for a match, which is done by comparing major&minor
+	device numbers and inode numbers.
+
+BUGS
+
+	(FIXME: does this work for networks?)
+	It works for NFS, which assigns a device number to each mount.
+
+*/
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+int fdmatch (fd1, fd2)
+	int fd1;
+	int fd2;
+{
+  struct stat sbuf1;
+  struct stat sbuf2;
+
+  if ((fstat (fd1, &sbuf1) == 0) &&
+      (fstat (fd2, &sbuf2) == 0) &&
+      (sbuf1.st_dev == sbuf2.st_dev) &&
+      (sbuf1.st_ino == sbuf2.st_ino))
+    {
+      return (1);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      return (0);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/floatformat.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/floatformat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..655f4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/floatformat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/* IEEE floating point support routines, for GDB, the GNU Debugger.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GDB.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "floatformat.h"
+#include <math.h>		/* ldexp */
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *memcpy (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
+extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);
+#else
+extern char *memcpy ();
+extern char *memset ();
+#endif
+
+/* The odds that CHAR_BIT will be anything but 8 are low enough that I'm not
+   going to bother with trying to muck around with whether it is defined in
+   a system header, what we do if not, etc.  */
+#define FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT 8
+
+/* floatformats for IEEE single and double, big and little endian.  */
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_big =
+{
+  floatformat_big, 32, 0, 1, 8, 127, 255, 9, 23, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_single_little =
+{
+  floatformat_little, 32, 0, 1, 8, 127, 255, 9, 23, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_big =
+{
+  floatformat_big, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_ieee_double_little =
+{
+  floatformat_little, 64, 0, 1, 11, 1023, 2047, 12, 52, floatformat_intbit_no
+};
+
+const struct floatformat floatformat_i387_ext =
+{
+  floatformat_little, 80, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 16, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_m68881_ext =
+{
+  /* Note that the bits from 16 to 31 are unused.  */
+  floatformat_big, 96, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64, floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_i960_ext =
+{
+  /* Note that the bits from 0 to 15 are unused.  */
+  floatformat_little, 96, 16, 17, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_m88110_ext =
+{
+#ifdef HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT
+  /* Harris uses raw format 128 bytes long, but the number is just an ieee
+     double, and the last 64 bits are wasted. */
+  floatformat_big,128, 0, 1, 11,  0x3ff,  0x7ff, 12, 52,
+  floatformat_intbit_no
+#else
+  floatformat_big, 80, 0, 1, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 16, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+#endif /* HARRIS_FLOAT_FORMAT */
+};
+const struct floatformat floatformat_arm_ext =
+{
+  /* Bits 1 to 16 are unused.  */
+  floatformat_big, 96, 0, 17, 15, 0x3fff, 0x7fff, 32, 64,
+  floatformat_intbit_yes
+};
+
+static unsigned long get_field PARAMS ((unsigned char *,
+					enum floatformat_byteorders,
+					unsigned int,
+					unsigned int,
+					unsigned int));
+
+/* Extract a field which starts at START and is LEN bytes long.  DATA and
+   TOTAL_LEN are the thing we are extracting it from, in byteorder ORDER.  */
+static unsigned long
+get_field (data, order, total_len, start, len)
+     unsigned char *data;
+     enum floatformat_byteorders order;
+     unsigned int total_len;
+     unsigned int start;
+     unsigned int len;
+{
+  unsigned long result;
+  unsigned int cur_byte;
+  int cur_bitshift;
+
+  /* Start at the least significant part of the field.  */
+  cur_byte = (start + len) / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    cur_byte = (total_len / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - cur_byte - 1;
+  cur_bitshift =
+    ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  result = *(data + cur_byte) >> (-cur_bitshift);
+  cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    ++cur_byte;
+  else
+    --cur_byte;
+
+  /* Move towards the most significant part of the field.  */
+  while (cur_bitshift < len)
+    {
+      if (len - cur_bitshift < FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)
+	/* This is the last byte; zero out the bits which are not part of
+	   this field.  */
+	result |=
+	  (*(data + cur_byte) & ((1 << (len - cur_bitshift)) - 1))
+	    << cur_bitshift;
+      else
+	result |= *(data + cur_byte) << cur_bitshift;
+      cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+      if (order == floatformat_little)
+	++cur_byte;
+      else
+	--cur_byte;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+  
+/* Convert from FMT to a double.
+   FROM is the address of the extended float.
+   Store the double in *TO.  */
+
+void
+floatformat_to_double (fmt, from, to)
+     const struct floatformat *fmt;
+     char *from;
+     double *to;
+{
+  unsigned char *ufrom = (unsigned char *)from;
+  double dto;
+  long exponent;
+  unsigned long mant;
+  unsigned int mant_bits, mant_off;
+  int mant_bits_left;
+
+  exponent = get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize,
+			fmt->exp_start, fmt->exp_len);
+  /* Note that if exponent indicates a NaN, we can't really do anything useful
+     (not knowing if the host has NaN's, or how to build one).  So it will
+     end up as an infinity or something close; that is OK.  */
+
+  mant_bits_left = fmt->man_len;
+  mant_off = fmt->man_start;
+  dto = 0.0;
+  exponent -= fmt->exp_bias;
+
+  /* Build the result algebraically.  Might go infinite, underflow, etc;
+     who cares. */
+  while (mant_bits_left > 0)
+    {
+      int exp_bits;
+      exp_bits = mant_bits_left < 32 ? mant_bits_left : 32;
+      if (mant_bits_left == fmt->man_len
+	  && exp_bits == 32
+	  && fmt->intbit == floatformat_intbit_no)
+	{
+	  /* If there is no integer bit, we need to get only 31 bits
+	     so we have room for an integer bit that we create.  */
+	  mant_bits = 31;
+	}
+      else
+	mant_bits = exp_bits;
+
+      mant = get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize,
+			mant_off, mant_bits);
+      if (mant_bits_left == fmt->man_len)
+	mant |= 0x80000000;
+      dto += ldexp ((double)mant, exponent - (exp_bits - 1));
+      exponent -= exp_bits;
+      mant_off += mant_bits;
+      mant_bits_left -= mant_bits;
+    }
+
+  /* Negate it if negative.  */
+  if (get_field (ufrom, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->sign_start, 1))
+    dto = -dto;
+  memcpy (to, &dto, sizeof (dto));
+}
+
+static void put_field PARAMS ((unsigned char *, enum floatformat_byteorders,
+			       unsigned int,
+			       unsigned int,
+			       unsigned int,
+			       unsigned long));
+
+/* Set a field which starts at START and is LEN bytes long.  DATA and
+   TOTAL_LEN are the thing we are extracting it from, in byteorder ORDER.  */
+static void
+put_field (data, order, total_len, start, len, stuff_to_put)
+     unsigned char *data;
+     enum floatformat_byteorders order;
+     unsigned int total_len;
+     unsigned int start;
+     unsigned int len;
+     unsigned long stuff_to_put;
+{
+  unsigned int cur_byte;
+  int cur_bitshift;
+
+  /* Start at the least significant part of the field.  */
+  cur_byte = (start + len) / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    cur_byte = (total_len / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - cur_byte - 1;
+  cur_bitshift =
+    ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  *(data + cur_byte) &=
+    ~(((1 << ((start + len) % FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)) - 1) << (-cur_bitshift));
+  *(data + cur_byte) |=
+    (stuff_to_put & ((1 << FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - 1)) << (-cur_bitshift);
+  cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+  if (order == floatformat_little)
+    ++cur_byte;
+  else
+    --cur_byte;
+
+  /* Move towards the most significant part of the field.  */
+  while (cur_bitshift < len)
+    {
+      if (len - cur_bitshift < FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT)
+	{
+	  /* This is the last byte.  */
+	  *(data + cur_byte) &=
+	    ~((1 << (len - cur_bitshift)) - 1);
+	  *(data + cur_byte) |= (stuff_to_put >> cur_bitshift);
+	}
+      else
+	*(data + cur_byte) = ((stuff_to_put >> cur_bitshift)
+			      & ((1 << FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT) - 1));
+      cur_bitshift += FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT;
+      if (order == floatformat_little)
+	++cur_byte;
+      else
+	--cur_byte;
+    }
+}
+
+/* The converse: convert the double *FROM to an extended float
+   and store where TO points.  Neither FROM nor TO have any alignment
+   restrictions.  */
+
+void
+floatformat_from_double (fmt, from, to)
+     CONST struct floatformat *fmt;
+     double *from;
+     char *to;
+{
+  double dfrom;
+  int exponent;
+  double mant;
+  unsigned int mant_bits, mant_off;
+  int mant_bits_left;
+  unsigned char *uto = (unsigned char *)to;
+
+  memcpy (&dfrom, from, sizeof (dfrom));
+  memset (uto, 0, fmt->totalsize / FLOATFORMAT_CHAR_BIT);
+  if (dfrom == 0)
+    return;			/* Result is zero */
+  if (dfrom != dfrom)
+    {
+      /* From is NaN */
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->exp_start,
+		 fmt->exp_len, fmt->exp_nan);
+      /* Be sure it's not infinity, but NaN value is irrel */
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->man_start,
+		 32, 1);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* If negative, set the sign bit.  */
+  if (dfrom < 0)
+    {
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->sign_start, 1, 1);
+      dfrom = -dfrom;
+    }
+
+  /* How to tell an infinity from an ordinary number?  FIXME-someday */
+
+  mant = frexp (dfrom, &exponent);
+  put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize, fmt->exp_start, fmt->exp_len,
+	     exponent + fmt->exp_bias - 1);
+
+  mant_bits_left = fmt->man_len;
+  mant_off = fmt->man_start;
+  while (mant_bits_left > 0)
+    {
+      unsigned long mant_long;
+      mant_bits = mant_bits_left < 32 ? mant_bits_left : 32;
+
+      mant *= 4294967296.0;
+      mant_long = (unsigned long)mant;
+      mant -= mant_long;
+
+      /* If the integer bit is implicit, then we need to discard it.
+	 If we are discarding a zero, we should be (but are not) creating
+	 a denormalized	number which means adjusting the exponent
+	 (I think).  */
+      if (mant_bits_left == fmt->man_len
+	  && fmt->intbit == floatformat_intbit_no)
+	{
+	  mant_long &= 0x7fffffff;
+	  mant_bits -= 1;
+	}
+      else if (mant_bits < 32)
+	{
+	  /* The bits we want are in the most significant MANT_BITS bits of
+	     mant_long.  Move them to the least significant.  */
+	  mant_long >>= 32 - mant_bits;
+	}
+
+      put_field (uto, fmt->byteorder, fmt->totalsize,
+		 mant_off, mant_bits, mant_long);
+      mant_off += mant_bits;
+      mant_bits_left -= mant_bits;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#ifdef IEEE_DEBUG
+
+/* This is to be run on a host which uses IEEE floating point.  */
+
+void
+ieee_test (n)
+     double n;
+{
+  double result;
+  char exten[16];
+
+  floatformat_to_double (&floatformat_ieee_double_big, &n, &result);
+  if (n != result)
+    printf ("Differ(to): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result);
+  floatformat_from_double (&floatformat_ieee_double_big, &n, &result);
+  if (n != result)
+    printf ("Differ(from): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result);
+
+  floatformat_from_double (&floatformat_m68881_ext, &n, exten);
+  floatformat_to_double (&floatformat_m68881_ext, exten, &result);
+  if (n != result)
+    printf ("Differ(to+from): %.20g -> %.20g\n", n, result);
+
+#if IEEE_DEBUG > 1
+  /* This is to be run on a host which uses 68881 format.  */
+  {
+    long double ex = *(long double *)exten;
+    if (ex != n)
+      printf ("Differ(from vs. extended): %.20g\n", n);
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  ieee_test (0.5);
+  ieee_test (256.0);
+  ieee_test (0.12345);
+  ieee_test (234235.78907234);
+  ieee_test (-512.0);
+  ieee_test (-0.004321);
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/functions.def b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/functions.def
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8becc89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/functions.def
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ * List of function definitions that may *optionally* be included
+ * in libiberty.a.  The function names must match the filenames,
+ * e.g. bzero() is defined in bzero.c.  (While each file can contain
+ * extra functions, do not list them.)
+ *
+ * In the default libiberty configuration, these object files
+ * (e.g bzero.o) are included if and only if cc fails to find
+ * the corresponding function in libc.
+ */
+
+DEF(atexit, int, (f), void (*f)())
+DEF(bcmp, int, (s1, s2, length), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int length )
+DEF(bcopy, void, (s1, s2, length), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int length )
+DEF(bzero, void, (s, length), char *s AND int length)
+DEF(clock, clock_t, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(getopt, int, (argc, argv, optstring),
+	int argc AND char **argv AND CONST char *optstring)	
+DEF(getpagesize, int , (), NOTHING)
+DEF(getcwd, char*, (buf, len), char *buf AND int len)
+DEF(index, char*, (s, c), char *s AND int c)
+DEF(insque, void, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(memchr, PTR, (s, c, length), CONST PTR s AND int c AND size_t length)
+DEF(memcmp, int, (s1, s2, length),
+	CONST PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length)
+DEF(memcpy, PTR, (s1, s2, length), PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length)
+DEF(memmove, PTR, (s1, s2, length), PTR s1 AND CONST PTR s2 AND size_t length)
+DEF(memset, PTR, (s, val, length), PTR s AND int val AND size_t length )
+DEF(random, long int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(rename, int, (f, t), char *f AND char *t)
+DEF(rindex, char*, (s, c), char *s AND int c)
+DEF(strcasecmp, int, (s1, s2), char *s1 AND char *s2)
+DEF(strncasecmp, int, (s1, s2, n), char *s1 AND char *s2 AND int n)
+DEF(strchr, char*, (s, c), CONST char *s AND int c)
+DEF(strdup, char*, (s1), char * s1)
+DEF(strrchr, char*, (s, c), CONST char *s AND int c)
+DEF(strstr, char*, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(strtod, double, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(strtol, long, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(strtoul, unsigned long, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(tmpnam, char *, (s), char * s)
+DEF(vfork, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(vfprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(vprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(vsprintf, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(sigsetmask, int, (), NOTHING)
+DEF(alloca, PTR, (size), size_t size)
+DEF(waitpid, int, (pid, statp, opts), int pid AND int* statp AND int opts )
+
+/* List of global variables that we want to look for in the host
+   environment, and to generate an entry NEED_<variable> in config.h
+   if they are not found.  The first arg is the variable name, the
+   second arg is how to declare the variable, and the third is how to
+   use it. */
+
+DEFVAR(sys_nerr, int sys_nerr, sys_nerr = 0)
+DEFVAR(sys_errlist, char *sys_errlist[], sys_errlist[0] = 0)
+DEFVAR(sys_siglist, char *sys_siglist[], sys_siglist[0] = 0)
+
+/* List of global functions that we want to look for in the host
+   environment, and to generate an entry NEED_<funcname> in config.h
+   if they are not found. */
+
+DEFFUNC(strerror, char*, (), NOTHING)
+DEFFUNC(psignal, void, (signo, message), unsigned signo AND char *message)
+DEFFUNC(basename, char *, (name), CONST char *name)
+DEFFUNC(on_exit, void, (f, arg), void (*f)() AND char *arg)
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getcwd.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60c1dd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Emulate getcwd using getwd.
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	getcwd -- get absolute pathname for current working directory
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *getcwd (char pathname[len], len)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy the absolute pathname for the current working directory into
+	the supplied buffer and return a pointer to the buffer.  If the 
+	current directory's path doesn't fit in LEN characters, the result
+	is NULL and errno is set.
+
+BUGS
+	Emulated via the getwd() call, which is reasonable for most
+	systems that do not have getcwd().
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <errno.h>
+
+extern char *getwd ();
+extern int errno;
+
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+#define MAXPATHLEN 1024
+#endif
+
+char *
+getcwd (buf, len)
+  char *buf;
+  int len;
+{
+  char ourbuf[MAXPATHLEN];
+  char *result;
+
+  result = getwd (ourbuf);
+  if (result) {
+    if (strlen (ourbuf) >= len) {
+      errno = ERANGE;
+      return 0;
+    }
+    strcpy (buf, ourbuf);
+  }
+  return buf;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getopt.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458dca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+   before changing it!
+
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+#define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
+/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
+   using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
+   (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir).  */
+#include <config.h>
+#else
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+/* Many versions of the Linux C library include older, broken versions
+   of these routines, which will break the linker's command-line
+   parsing.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__linux__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg = NULL;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 0;
+
+/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+   in which the last option character we returned was found.
+   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+static char *nextchar;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+   If the caller did not specify anything,
+   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+   This is what Unix does.
+   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+   of the list of option characters.
+
+   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
+   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
+   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
+   expect this.
+
+   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
+   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
+   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
+   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
+   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
+   selects this mode of operation.
+
+   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+static enum
+{
+  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+} ordering;
+
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
+   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
+   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
+   in GCC.  */
+#include <string.h>
+#define	my_index	strchr
+#else
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+char *getenv ();
+
+static char *
+my_index (str, chr)
+     const char *str;
+     int chr;
+{
+  while (*str)
+    {
+      if (*str == chr)
+	return (char *) str;
+      str++;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way.
+   If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
+   That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
+   and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
+extern int strlen (const char *);
+#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
+   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+static int first_nonopt;
+static int last_nonopt;
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (argv)
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int bottom = first_nonopt;
+  int middle = last_nonopt;
+  int top = optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
+  last_nonopt = optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (optstring)
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+
+  nextchar = NULL;
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL)
+    ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+     const struct option *longopts;
+     int *longind;
+     int long_only;
+{
+  optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (optind == 0)
+    optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring);
+
+  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (optind < argc
+		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	    optind++;
+	  last_nonopt = optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  optind++;
+
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv);
+	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
+	    first_nonopt = optind;
+	  last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
+	    optind = first_nonopt;
+	  return EOF;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	{
+	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return EOF;
+	  optarg = argv[optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n",
+		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+			     "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
+			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (optind < argc)
+		optarg = argv[optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (opterr)
+		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n",
+			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
+	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (opterr)
+	    {
+	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+		/* --option */
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n",
+			 argv[0], nextchar);
+	      else
+		/* +option or -option */
+		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n",
+			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+	    }
+	  nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  optind++;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *nextchar++;
+    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*nextchar == '\0')
+      ++optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (opterr)
+	  {
+	    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c);
+	  }
+	optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      optarg = NULL;
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		optarg = nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (opterr)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
+			     argv[0], c);
+		  }
+		optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      optarg = argv[optind++];
+	    nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *optstring;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+			   (const struct option *) 0,
+			   (int *) 0,
+			   0);
+}
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getopt1.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3400e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
+   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if defined (emacs) || defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
+/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
+   using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
+   (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir).  */
+#include <config.h>
+#else
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
+#ifndef __STDC__
+/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
+   reject `defined (const)'.  */
+#ifndef const
+#define const
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+/* Many versions of the Linux C library include older, broken versions
+   of these routines, which will break the linker's command-line
+   parsing.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (__linux__)
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
+     int argc;
+     char *const *argv;
+     const char *options;
+     const struct option *long_options;
+     int *opt_index;
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == EOF)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getpagesize.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getpagesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9784b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getpagesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* Emulation of getpagesize() for systems that need it. */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	getpagesize -- return the number of bytes in page of memory
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int getpagesize (void)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns the number of bytes in a page of memory.  This is the
+	granularity of many of the system memory management routines.
+	No guarantee is made as to whether or not it is the same as the
+	basic memory management hardware page size.
+
+BUGS
+
+	Is intended as a reasonable replacement for systems where this
+	is not provided as a system call.  The value of 4096 may or may
+	not be correct for the systems where it is returned as the default
+	value.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef VMS
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYSCONF
+#include <unistd.h>
+#define GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+#else
+#ifdef	PAGESIZE
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE PAGESIZE
+#else	/* no PAGESIZE */
+#ifdef	EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#else	/* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#ifdef	NBPG
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#ifndef	CLSIZE
+#define	CLSIZE 1
+#endif	/* CLSIZE */
+#else	/* no NBPG */
+#ifdef	NBPC
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE NBPC
+#else	/* no NBPC */
+#define	GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE 4096	/* Just punt and use reasonable value */
+#endif /* NBPC */
+#endif /* NBPG */
+#endif /* EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#endif /* PAGESIZE */
+#endif /* HAVE_SYSCONF */
+
+int
+getpagesize ()
+{
+  return (GNU_OUR_PAGESIZE);
+}
+
+#else /* VMS */
+
+#if 0	/* older distributions of gcc-vms are missing <syidef.h> */
+#include <syidef.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef SYI$_PAGE_SIZE	/* VMS V5.4 and earlier didn't have this yet */
+#define SYI$_PAGE_SIZE 4452
+#endif
+extern unsigned long lib$getsyi(const unsigned short *,...);
+
+int getpagesize ()
+{
+  long pagsiz = 0L;
+  unsigned short itmcod = SYI$_PAGE_SIZE;
+
+  (void) lib$getsyi (&itmcod, (void *) &pagsiz);
+  if (pagsiz == 0L)
+    pagsiz = 512L;	/* VAX default */
+  return (int) pagsiz;
+}
+
+#endif /* VMS */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getruntime.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getruntime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1be3b4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/getruntime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/* Return time used so far, in microseconds.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+/* There are several ways to get elapsed execution time; unfortunately no
+   single way is available for all host systems, nor are there reliable
+   ways to find out which way is correct for a given host. */
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+/* These should go away when libiberty uses autoconf. */
+
+#if defined(__sun__) && !defined(__svr4__)
+#define HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYSCONF
+#define HAVE_TIMES
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+#ifndef NO_SYS_PARAM_H
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+/* This is a fallback; if wrong, it will likely make obviously wrong
+   results. */
+
+#ifndef CLOCKS_PER_SEC
+#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC 1
+#endif
+
+long
+get_run_time ()
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+  struct rusage rusage;
+
+  getrusage (0, &rusage);
+  return (rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec
+	  + rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec * 1000000 + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec);
+#else /* ! HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+  struct tms tms;
+
+  times (&tms);
+  return (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_stime) * (1000000 / HZ);
+#else /* ! HAVE_TIMES */
+  /* Fall back on clock and hope it's correctly implemented. */
+  const long clocks_per_sec = CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+  if (clocks_per_sec <= 1000000)
+    return clock () * (1000000 / clocks_per_sec);
+  else
+    return clock () / clocks_per_sec;
+#endif  /* HAVE_TIMES */
+#endif  /* HAVE_GETRUSAGE */
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/hex.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/hex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a2eef0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/hex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Hex character manipulation support.
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+char _hex_value[_hex_array_size];
+
+void hex_init ()
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 0; i < _hex_array_size; i++)
+    _hex_value[i] = _hex_bad;
+  for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+    _hex_value['0' + i] = i;
+  for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+    _hex_value['a' + i] = _hex_value['A' + i] = 10 + i;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/index.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/index.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5a00f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/index.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* Stub implementation of (obsolete) index(). */
+
+extern char * strchr();
+
+char *
+index (s, c)
+  char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  return strchr (s, c);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/insque.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/insque.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..775019f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/insque.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/* insque(3C) routines
+   This file is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	insque, remque -- insert, remove an element from a queue
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	struct qelem {
+	  struct qelem *q_forw;
+	  struct qelem *q_back;
+	  char q_data[];
+	};
+
+	void insque (struct qelem *elem, struct qelem *pred)
+
+	void remque (struct qelem *elem)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Routines to manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists.
+	The insque routine inserts ELEM in the queue immediately after
+	PRED.  The remque routine removes ELEM from its containing queue.
+*/
+
+
+struct qelem {
+  struct qelem *q_forw;
+  struct qelem *q_back;
+};
+
+
+void
+insque (elem, pred)
+  struct qelem *elem;
+  struct qelem *pred;
+{
+  elem -> q_forw = pred -> q_forw;
+  pred -> q_forw -> q_back = elem;
+  elem -> q_back = pred;
+  pred -> q_forw = elem;
+}
+
+
+void
+remque (elem)
+  struct qelem *elem;
+{
+  elem -> q_forw -> q_back = elem -> q_back;
+  elem -> q_back -> q_forw = elem -> q_forw;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/makefile.dos b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/makefile.dos
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7eba62c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/makefile.dos
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+CFLAGS=-O2
+
+OBJS = \
+	argv.o \
+	basename.o \
+	concat.o \
+	cplus-dem.o \
+	fdmatch.o \
+	floatformat.o \
+	getopt.o \
+	getopt1.o \
+	getruntime.o \
+	hex.o \
+	msdos.o \
+	obstack.o \
+	spaces.o \
+	strerror.o \
+	strsignal.o \
+	xatexit.o \
+	xexit.o \
+	xmalloc.o \
+	$E
+
+.c.o:
+	gcc -I../include $(CFLAGS) -c $<
+
+libiberty.a : $(OBJS)
+	-rm libiberty.a
+	ar rvs libiberty.a $(OBJS)
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memchr.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93ef43d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+FUNCTION
+	<<memchr>>---find character in memory
+
+INDEX
+	memchr
+
+ANSI_SYNOPSIS
+	#include <string.h>
+	void *memchr(const void *<[src]>, int <[c]>, size_t <[length]>);
+
+TRAD_SYNOPSIS
+	#include <string.h>
+	void *memchr(<[src]>, <[c]>, <[length]>)
+	void *<[src]>;
+	void *<[c]>;
+	size_t <[length]>;
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	This function searches memory starting at <<*<[src]>>> for the
+	character <[c]>.  The search only ends with the first
+	occurrence of <[c]>, or after <[length]> characters; in
+	particular, <<NULL>> does not terminate the search.
+
+RETURNS
+	If the character <[c]> is found within <[length]> characters
+	of <<*<[src]>>>, a pointer to the character is returned. If
+	<[c]> is not found, then <<NULL>> is returned. 	
+
+PORTABILITY
+<<memchr>>  requires no supporting OS subroutines.
+
+QUICKREF
+	memchr ansi pure
+
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+memchr (src_void, c, length)
+     register CONST PTR src_void;
+     int c;
+     size_t length;
+{
+  CONST unsigned char *src = (CONST unsigned char *)src_void;
+  
+  while (--length >= 0)
+  {
+    if (*src == c)
+     return (PTR)src;
+    src++;
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memcmp.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memcmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..127ae0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memcmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* memcmp -- compare two memory regions.
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	memcmp -- compare two memory regions
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	int memcmp (const void *from, const void *to, size_t count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Compare two memory regions and return less than,
+	equal to, or greater than zero, according to lexicographical
+	ordering of the compared regions.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+int
+DEFUN(memcmp, (str1, str2, count),
+      const PTR str1 AND const PTR str2 AND size_t count)
+{
+  register unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char*)str1;
+  register unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char*)str2;
+
+  while (count-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*s1++ != *s2++)
+	  return s1[-1] < s2[-1] ? -1 : 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memcpy.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memcpy.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c28208a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memcpy.c
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* memcpy (the standard C function)
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	memcpy -- copy memory regions of arbitary length
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	void* memcpy (void *out, const void *in, size_t n);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Copy LENGTH bytes from memory region pointed to by IN to memory
+	region pointed to by OUT.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+DEFUN(memcpy, (out, in, length), PTR out AND CONST PTR in AND size_t length)
+{
+    bcopy(in, out, length);
+    return out;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memmove.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memmove.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..818fc24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memmove.c
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's memmove using BSD's bcopy. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner. */
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+memmove (s1, s2, n)
+     PTR s1;
+     CONST PTR s2;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  bcopy (s2, s1, n);
+  return s1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memset.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memset.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f54831
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/memset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* memset
+   This implementation is in the public domain.  */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+PTR
+DEFUN(memset, (dest, val, len),
+      PTR dest AND register int val AND register size_t len)
+{
+  register unsigned char *ptr = (unsigned char*)dest;
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    *ptr++ = val;
+  return dest;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw-config.in b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw-config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..829d8e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw-config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# MPW configuration fragment for libiberty.
+
+forward-include "{srcdir}"alloca-norm.h alloca-conf.h
+
+Echo '/* config.h.  Generated by mpw-configure.  */'	 > "{o}"config.new
+
+MoveIfChange "{o}"config.new "{o}"config.h
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw-make.sed b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw-make.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f99eb1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw-make.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# Sed commands to finish translating libiberty's Unix makefile to MPW syntax.
+
+# Comment out a useless thing.
+/^\.always\./s/^/#/
+
+# Replace the auto-generated list with the list of what we know we need.
+s/`cat needed-list`/"{o}"alloca.c.o "{o}"bcopy.c.o "{o}"getpagesize.c.o "{o}"insque.c.o "{o}"mpw.c.o "{o}"strcasecmp.c.o "{o}"strdup.c.o "{o}"strncasecmp.c.o/
+
+# Paste in some desirable definitions.
+/^###$/a\
+\
+HDEFINES = -d NEED_sys_siglist -d NEED_sys_errlist -d NEED_basename -d NEED_strcasecmp -d NEED_strncasecmp\
+INCLUDES = -i : -i {INCDIR}: -i {INCDIR}:mpw: -i ::extra-include: -i "{s}"\
+\
+.c.o \\Option-f .c\
+	{CC} {DepDir}{Default}.c {LIBCFLAGS} {INCLUDES} {HDEFINES} @SEGMENT_FLAG@ -o {TargDir}{Default}.c.o\
+
+# Remove dependency on needed-list, which we don't use.
+/DO_ALSO =/s/needed-list//
+
+/INCDIR=/s/"{srcdir}"{MULTISRCTOP}::/"{topsrcdir}"/
+
+# Whack out the COMPILE.c trickiness.
+/^COMPILE.c /,/^$/d
+
+# Remove the multido trickiness from the "all" target.
+/^all \\Option-f/,/^$/c\
+all \\Option-f {TARGETLIB}\
+
+
+# Remove the RULE1/RULE2 crud.
+/if \[/,/fi/d
+/^RULE1 =/,/RULE2 =/d
+/RULE2/s/RULE2/TARGETLIB/
+
+# Don't want fdmatch ever.
+s/ "{o}"fdmatch.c.o//
+
+# Fix paths to generated files.
+/config.h/s/"{s}"config.h/"{o}"config.h/
+
+# Whack out config rebuild rules.
+/^"{o}"config.h \\Option-f/,/^$/d
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b93e100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/mpw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1010 @@
+/* MPW-Unix compatibility library.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This should only be compiled and linked under MPW. */
+
+#include "mpw.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <Types.h>
+#include <Files.h>
+
+#include <Timer.h>
+
+/* Initialize to 0 at first, then set to errno_max() later.  */
+
+int sys_nerr = 0;
+
+/* Debug flag for pathname hacking.  Set this to one and rebuild. */
+
+int DebugPI = 0;
+
+void
+mpwify_filename(char *unixname, char *macname)
+{
+  int i, j, in_middle, terminate = 0;
+
+  /* (should truncate 255 chars from end of name, not beginning) */
+  if (strlen (unixname) > 255)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Pathname \"%s\" is too long for Macs, truncating\n",
+	       unixname);
+      terminate = 1;
+    }
+  /* Abs Unix path to abs Mac path. */
+  if (*unixname == '/')
+    {
+      if (strncmp (unixname, "/tmp/", 5) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* A temporary name, make a more Mac-flavored tmpname. */
+	  /* A better choice would be {Boot}Trash:foo, but that would
+	     require being able to identify the boot disk's and trashcan's
+	     name.  Another option would be to have an env var, so user
+	     can point it at a ramdisk. */
+	  strncpy (macname, unixname, 255);
+	  if (terminate)
+	    macname[255] = '\0';
+	  macname[0] = ':';
+	  macname[4] = '_';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Assume that the leading component is a valid disk name. */
+	  strncpy (macname, unixname + 1, 255);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* If this is a "Unix-only" pathname, assume relative. */
+      if (strchr (unixname, '/') && ! strchr (unixname, ':'))
+	{
+	  macname[0] = ':';
+	  strncpy (macname + 1, unixname, 255);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Otherwise copy it verbatim. */
+	  /* ... but if of the form ":/foo", lose the extra colon;
+	     the slash will be made into a colon shortly. */
+	  if (unixname[0] == ':' && unixname[1] == '/')
+	    ++unixname;
+	  strncpy (macname, unixname, 255);
+	}
+    }
+  if (terminate)
+    macname[255] = '\0';
+  for (i = 0; macname[i] != '\0'; ++i)
+    {
+      if (macname[i] == '/')
+	macname[i] = ':';
+    }
+  in_middle = 0;
+  j = 0;
+  for (i = 0; macname[i] != '\0'; ++i)
+    {
+      /* We're in the middle of the name when a char is not a colon. */
+      if (macname[i] != ':')
+	in_middle = 1;
+      /* Copy chars verbatim, *unless* the char is the first of a pair
+	 of colons in the middle of a pathname. */
+      if (!(in_middle && macname[i] == ':' && macname[i+1] == ':'))
+	macname[j++] = macname[i];
+    }
+  macname[j] = '\0';
+  /* If we have a trailing ":.", make it into a ":". */
+  if (j >= 2 && macname[j-2] == ':' && macname[j-1] == '.')
+    macname[j-1] = '\0';
+  if (DebugPI)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "# Made \"%s\"\n", unixname);
+      fprintf (stderr, "# into \"%s\"\n", macname);
+    }
+}
+
+/* MPW-flavored basename finder. */
+
+char *
+mpw_basename (name)
+  char *name;
+{
+  char *base = name;
+
+  while (*name)
+    {
+      if (*name++ == ':')
+	{
+	  base = name;
+	}
+    }
+  return base;
+}
+
+/* Mixed MPW/Unix basename finder.  This can be led astray by
+   filenames with slashes in them and come up with a basename that
+   either corresponds to no file or (worse) to some other file, so
+   should only be tried if other methods of finding a file via a
+   basename have failed.  */
+
+char *
+mpw_mixed_basename (name)
+  char *name;
+{
+  char *base = name;
+
+  while (*name)
+    {
+      if (*name == '/' || *name == ':')
+	{
+	  base = name + 1;
+	}
+      ++name;
+    }
+  return base;
+}
+
+/* This function is fopen() modified to create files that are type TEXT
+   or 'BIN ', and always of type 'MPS '.  */
+
+FILE *
+mpw_fopen (char *name, char *mode)
+{
+#undef fopen
+  int errnum;
+  FILE *fp;
+  char tmpname[256];
+
+  mpwify_filename (name, tmpname);
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  fp = fopen (tmpname, mode);
+  errnum = errno;
+
+  /* If writing, need to set type and creator usefully. */
+  if (strchr (mode, 'w'))
+    {
+      char *pname = (char *) malloc (strlen (tmpname) + 2);
+      OSErr e;
+      struct FInfo fi;
+
+      pname[0] = strlen (tmpname);
+      strcpy (pname+1, tmpname);
+	
+      e = GetFInfo ((ConstStr255Param) pname, 0, &fi);
+      /* should do spiffier error handling */
+      if (e != 0)
+	fprintf(stderr, "GetFInfo returns %d\n", e);
+      if (strchr (mode, 'b'))
+	{
+	  fi.fdType = (OSType) 'BIN ';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  fi.fdType = (OSType) 'TEXT';
+	}
+      fi.fdCreator = (OSType) 'MPS ';
+      e = SetFInfo ((ConstStr255Param) pname, 0, &fi);
+      if (e != 0)
+	fprintf(stderr, "SetFInfo returns %d\n", e);
+      free (pname);
+    }
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    errno = errnum;
+  return fp;
+}
+
+/* This is a version of fseek() modified to fill the file with zeros
+   if seeking past the end of it.  */
+
+#define ZEROBLKSIZE 4096
+
+char zeros[ZEROBLKSIZE];
+
+int
+mpw_fseek (FILE *fp, int offset, int whence)
+{
+#undef fseek
+  int cursize, numleft;
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  if (whence == SEEK_SET)
+    {
+      fseek (fp, 0, SEEK_END);
+      cursize = ftell (fp);
+      if (offset > cursize)
+	{
+	  numleft = offset - cursize;
+	  while (numleft > ZEROBLKSIZE)
+	    {
+	      /* This might fail, should check for that. */
+	      PROGRESS (1);
+	      fwrite (zeros, 1, ZEROBLKSIZE, fp);
+	      numleft -= ZEROBLKSIZE;
+	    }
+	  PROGRESS (1);
+	  fwrite (zeros, 1, numleft, fp);
+	  fflush (fp);
+	}
+    }
+  return fseek (fp, offset, whence);
+}
+
+int
+mpw_fread (char *ptr, int size, int nitems, FILE *stream)
+{
+#undef fread
+  int rslt;
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  rslt = fread (ptr, size, nitems, stream);
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  return rslt;
+}
+
+int
+mpw_fwrite (char *ptr, int size, int nitems, FILE *stream)
+{
+#undef fwrite
+  int rslt;
+
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  rslt = fwrite (ptr, size, nitems, stream);
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  return rslt;
+}
+
+int
+link ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "link not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+}
+
+int
+fork ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "fork not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+}
+
+int
+vfork ()
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "vfork not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+  return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+pipe (int *fd)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "pipe not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+  return (-1);
+}
+
+#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS
+int
+execvp (char *file, char **argv)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "execvp not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+  return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+execv (char *path, char **argv)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "execv not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+  return (-1);
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+kill (int pid, int sig)
+{
+  fprintf (stderr, "kill not available!\n");
+  mpw_abort ();
+  return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+wait (int *status)
+{
+  *status = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS
+int
+sleep (int seconds)
+{
+  unsigned long start_time, now;
+
+  time (&start_time);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      PROGRESS (1);
+      time (&now);
+      if (now > start_time + seconds)
+	return 0;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+void
+putenv (char *str)
+{
+  /* The GCC driver calls this to do things for collect2, but we
+     don't care about collect2. */
+}
+
+int
+chmod (char *path, int mode)
+{
+  /* Pretend it was all OK. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS
+int
+getuid ()
+{
+  /* One value is as good as another... */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+getgid ()
+{
+  /* One value is as good as another... */
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Instead of coredumping, which is not a normal Mac facility, we
+   drop into Macsbug.  If we then "g" from Macsbug, the program will
+   exit cleanly. */
+
+void
+mpw_abort ()
+{
+  /* Make sure no output still buffered up, then zap into MacsBug. */
+  fflush(stdout);
+  fflush(stderr);
+  printf("## Abort! ##\n");
+#ifdef MPW_SADE
+  SysError(8005);
+#else 
+  Debugger();
+#endif
+  /* "g" in MacsBug will then cause a regular error exit. */
+  exit (1);
+}
+
+/* Imitation getrusage based on the ANSI clock() function. */
+
+int
+getrusage (int who, struct rusage *rusage)
+{
+  int clk = clock ();
+
+#if 0
+  rusage->ru_utime.tv_sec = clk / CLOCKS_PER_SEC;
+  rusage->ru_utime.tv_usec = ((clk * 1000) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC) * 1000;
+  rusage->ru_stime.tv_sec = 0;
+  rusage->ru_stime.tv_usec = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+int
+sbrk ()
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS
+int
+isatty (int fd)
+{
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* This is inherited from Timothy Murray's Posix library. */
+
+#include "utime.h"
+
+int
+utime (char *filename, struct utimbuf *times)
+{
+  CInfoPBRec cipbr;
+  HFileInfo *fpb = (HFileInfo *) &cipbr;
+  DirInfo *dpb = (DirInfo *) &cipbr;
+  unsigned char pname[256];
+  short err;
+  
+  strcpy ((char *) pname, filename);
+  c2pstr (pname);
+
+  dpb->ioDrDirID = 0L;
+  fpb->ioNamePtr = pname;
+  fpb->ioVRefNum = 0;
+  fpb->ioFDirIndex = 0;
+  fpb->ioFVersNum = 0;
+  err = PBGetCatInfo (&cipbr, 0);
+  if (err != noErr) {
+    errno = ENOENT;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  dpb->ioDrDirID = 0L;
+  fpb->ioFlMdDat = times->modtime;
+  fpb->ioFlCrDat = times->actime;
+  err = PBSetCatInfo (&cipbr, 0);
+  if (err != noErr) {
+    errno = EACCES;
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+mkdir (char *path, int mode)
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+int
+rmdir ()
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+#endif
+
+chown ()
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+char *myenviron[] = {NULL};
+
+char **environ = myenviron;
+
+#ifndef USE_MW_HEADERS
+
+/* Minimal 'stat' emulation: tells directories from files and
+   gives length and mtime.
+
+   Derived from code written by Guido van Rossum, CWI, Amsterdam
+   and placed by him in the public domain.  */
+
+extern int __uid, __gid;
+
+int __uid = 0;
+int __gid = 0;
+
+/* Bits in ioFlAttrib: */
+#define LOCKBIT	(1<<0)		/* File locked */
+#define DIRBIT	(1<<4)		/* It's a directory */
+
+/* Macified "stat" in which filename is given relative to a directory,
+   specified by long DirID.  */
+
+static int
+_stat (char *name, long dirid, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  CInfoPBRec cipbr;
+  HFileInfo *fpb = (HFileInfo*) &cipbr;
+  DirInfo *dpb = (DirInfo*) &cipbr;
+  Str255 pname;
+  short err;
+
+  /* Make a temp copy of the name and pascalize. */
+  strcpy ((char *) pname, name);
+  c2pstr (pname);
+  
+  cipbr.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = dirid;
+  cipbr.hFileInfo.ioNamePtr = pname;
+  cipbr.hFileInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
+  cipbr.hFileInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
+  cipbr.hFileInfo.ioFVersNum = 0;
+  err = PBGetCatInfo (&cipbr, 0);
+  if (err != noErr)
+    {
+      errno = ENOENT;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  /* Mac files are readable if they can be accessed at all. */
+  buf->st_mode = 0444;
+  /* Mark unlocked files as writeable. */
+  if (!(fpb->ioFlAttrib & LOCKBIT))
+    buf->st_mode |= 0222;
+  if (fpb->ioFlAttrib & DIRBIT)
+    {
+      /* Mark directories as "executable". */
+      buf->st_mode |= 0111 | S_IFDIR;
+      buf->st_size = dpb->ioDrNmFls;
+      buf->st_rsize = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      buf->st_mode |= S_IFREG;
+      /* Mark apps as "executable". */
+      if (fpb->ioFlFndrInfo.fdType == 'APPL')
+	buf->st_mode |= 0111;
+      /* Fill in the sizes of data and resource forks. */
+      buf->st_size = fpb->ioFlLgLen;
+      buf->st_rsize = fpb->ioFlRLgLen;
+    }
+  /* Fill in various times. */
+  buf->st_atime = fpb->ioFlCrDat;
+  buf->st_mtime = fpb->ioFlMdDat;
+  buf->st_ctime = fpb->ioFlCrDat;
+  /* Set up an imitation inode number. */
+  buf->st_ino = (unsigned short) fpb->ioDirID;
+  /* Set up an imitation device. */
+  GetVRefNum (buf->st_ino, &buf->st_dev);
+  buf->st_uid = __uid;
+  buf->st_gid = __gid;
+/*  buf->st_FlFndrInfo = fpb->ioFlFndrInfo;  */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* stat() sets up an empty dirid. */
+
+int
+stat (char *path, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  long rslt, errnum;
+  char tmpname[256];
+
+  mpwify_filename (path, tmpname);
+  if (DebugPI)
+    fprintf (stderr, "# stat (%s, %x)", tmpname, buf);
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  rslt = _stat (tmpname, 0L, buf);
+  errnum = errno;
+  if (DebugPI)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", rslt);
+      if (rslt != 0)
+	fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+      fflush (stderr);
+    }
+  if (rslt != 0)
+    errno = errnum;
+  return rslt;
+}
+
+int
+fstat (int fd, struct stat *buf)
+{
+  FCBPBRec fcb;
+  FILE *fp;
+  Str255 pathname;
+  long dirid = 0L, temp;
+  long rslt, errnum;
+  short err;
+
+  if (DebugPI)
+    fprintf (stderr, "# fstat (%d, %x)", fd, buf);
+  PROGRESS (1);
+  pathname[0] = 0;
+#ifdef FIOFNAME
+  /* Use an MPW-specific ioctl to get the pathname associated with
+     the file descriptor.  */
+  ioctl (fd, FIOFNAME, (long *) pathname); 
+#else
+  you lose
+#endif
+  if (DebugPI)
+    fprintf (stderr, " (name is %s)", pathname);
+  dirid = 0L /* fcb.ioFCBParID */ ;
+  rslt = _stat ((char *) pathname, dirid, buf);
+  errnum = errno;
+  if (DebugPI)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", rslt);
+      if (rslt != 0)
+	fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+      fflush (stderr);
+    }
+  if (rslt != 0)
+    errno = errnum;
+  return rslt;
+}
+
+#endif /* n USE_MW_HEADERS */
+
+chdir ()
+{
+  errno = ENOSYS;
+  return (-1);
+}
+
+char *
+getcwd (char *buf, int size)
+{
+  if (buf == NULL)
+    buf = (char *) malloc (size);
+  strcpy(buf, ":");
+  return buf;
+}
+
+/* This should probably be more elaborate for MPW. */
+
+char *
+getpwd ()
+{
+  return ":";
+}
+
+int
+mpw_open (char *filename, int arg2, int arg3)
+{
+#undef open
+  int fd, errnum = 0;
+  char tmpname[256];
+
+  mpwify_filename (filename, tmpname);
+  fd = open (tmpname, arg2);
+  errnum = errno;
+
+  if (DebugPI)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "# open (%s, %d, %d)", tmpname, arg2, arg3);
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", fd);
+      if (fd == -1)
+	fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+  if (fd == -1)
+    errno = errnum;
+  return fd;
+}
+
+int
+mpw_access (char *filename, unsigned int cmd)
+{
+#undef access
+
+  int rslt, errnum = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+  char tmpname[256];
+
+  mpwify_filename (filename, tmpname);
+  if (cmd & R_OK || cmd & X_OK)
+    {
+      rslt = stat (tmpname, &st);
+      errnum = errno;
+      if (rslt >= 0)
+	{
+	  if (((st.st_mode & 004 == 0) && (cmd & R_OK))
+	      || ((st.st_mode & 002 == 0) && (cmd & W_OK))
+	      || ((st.st_mode & 001 == 0) && (cmd & X_OK)))
+	    {
+	      rslt = -1;
+	      errnum = EACCES;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (DebugPI)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "# mpw_access (%s, %d)", tmpname, cmd);
+      fprintf (stderr, " -> %d", rslt);
+      if (rslt != 0)
+	fprintf (stderr, " (errno is %d)", errnum);
+      fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+    }
+  if (rslt != 0)
+    errno = errnum;
+  return rslt;
+}
+
+/* The MPW library creat() has no mode argument. */
+
+int
+mpw_creat (char *path, /* mode_t */ int mode)
+{
+#undef creat
+
+#ifdef USE_MW_HEADERS
+  return creat (path, mode);
+#else
+  return creat (path);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* This is a hack to get control in an MPW tool before it crashes the
+   machine.  */
+
+mpw_special_init (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  if (strstr (name, "DEBUG"))
+    DebugStr("\pat beginning of program");
+}
+
+static int current_umask;
+
+int
+umask(int mask)
+{
+  int oldmask = current_umask;
+
+  current_umask = mask;
+  return oldmask;
+}
+
+/* Cursor-spinning stuff that includes metering of spin rate and delays.  */
+
+/* Nonzero when cursor spinning has been set up properly.  */
+
+int cursor_inited;
+
+/* Nonzero if spin should be measured and excessive delays reported.  */
+
+int measure_spin;
+
+/* Nonzero if spin histogram and rate data should be written out.  */
+
+int dump_spin_data;
+
+long warning_threshold = 400000;
+
+long bucket_size = 1024;
+
+long bucket_power = 10;
+
+long numbuckets = 300;
+
+int *delay_counts;
+
+int overflow_count;
+
+char *current_progress;
+
+static UnsignedWide last_microseconds;
+
+static char *last_spin_file = "";
+
+static int last_spin_line;
+
+void
+warn_if_spin_delay (char *file, int line)
+{
+  long diff, ix;
+  UnsignedWide now;
+
+  Microseconds(&now);
+
+  diff = now.lo - last_microseconds.lo;
+
+  if (diff > warning_threshold)
+    fprintf (stderr, "# %s: %ld.%06ld sec delay getting from %s:%d to %s:%d\n",
+	     (current_progress ? current_progress : ""),
+	     diff / 1000000, diff % 1000000,
+	     last_spin_file, last_spin_line, file, line);
+  if (dump_spin_data)
+    {
+      if (diff >= 0)
+	{
+	  ix = diff >> bucket_power;
+	  if (ix >= 0 && ix < numbuckets && delay_counts != NULL)
+	    ++delay_counts[ix];
+	  else
+	    ++overflow_count;
+	}
+      else
+	fprintf (stderr, "raw diff is %ld (?)\n", diff);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+record_for_spin_delay (char *file, int line)
+{
+  Microseconds (&last_microseconds);
+  last_spin_file = file;
+  last_spin_line = line;
+}
+
+void
+mpw_start_progress (char *str, int n, char *file, int line)
+{
+  int i;
+  char *measure, *threshold;
+
+  if (!cursor_inited)
+    {
+      InitCursorCtl (nil);
+      cursor_inited = 1;
+      record_for_spin_delay (file, line);
+      measure = getenv ("MEASURE_SPIN");
+      if (measure != NULL && measure[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  measure_spin = 1;
+	  if (strcmp (measure, "all") == 0)
+	    dump_spin_data = 1;
+	}
+      threshold = getenv ((const char *) "SPIN_WARN_THRESHOLD");
+      if (threshold != NULL && threshold[0] != '\0')
+	warning_threshold = atol (threshold);
+      if (dump_spin_data)
+	{
+	  if (delay_counts == NULL)
+	    delay_counts = (int *) malloc (numbuckets * sizeof (int));
+	  for (i = 0; i < numbuckets; ++i)
+	    delay_counts[i] = 0;
+	  overflow_count = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  current_progress = str;
+
+  sys_nerr = errno_max ();
+
+  mpw_special_init (str);
+}
+
+void
+mpw_progress (int n)
+{
+  SpinCursor (32);
+}
+
+void
+mpw_progress_measured (int n, char *file, int line)
+{
+  if (measure_spin)
+    warn_if_spin_delay (file, line);
+  SpinCursor (32);
+  if (measure_spin)
+    record_for_spin_delay (file, line);
+}
+
+void
+mpw_end_progress (char *str, char *file, int line)
+{
+  long i, delay, count = 0, sum = 0, avgdelay, spinrate;
+  long curpower = 0, curgroup = 0;
+
+  /* Warn if it's been a while since the last spin.  */
+  if (measure_spin)
+    warn_if_spin_delay (file, line);
+
+  /* Dump all the nonzero delay counts and an approximation of the delay.  */
+  if (dump_spin_data && delay_counts != NULL)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < numbuckets; ++i)
+	{
+	  delay = (i + 1) * bucket_size;
+	  sum += delay_counts[i] * (i + 1);
+	  count += delay_counts[i];
+	  if (delay <= (1 << curpower))
+	    {
+	      curgroup += delay_counts[i];
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (curgroup > 0)
+		fprintf (stderr,
+			 "# %s: %d delays between %ld.%06ld and %ld.%06ld sec\n",
+			 (str ? str : ""),
+			 curgroup,
+			 (1 << curpower) / 1000000,
+			 (1 << curpower) % 1000000,
+			 (1 << (curpower + 1)) / 1000000,
+			 (1 << (curpower + 1)) % 1000000);
+	      ++curpower;
+	      curgroup = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (count > 0)
+	{
+	  avgdelay = (sum * bucket_size) / count;
+	  spinrate = 1000000 / avgdelay;
+	  fprintf (stderr, "# %s: Average spin rate is %d times/sec\n",
+		   (str ? str : ""), spinrate);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef PROGRESS_TEST
+
+/* Test program.  */
+
+main ()
+{
+  int i, j;
+  double x = 1.0, y = 2.4;
+  long start = Microseconds (), tm;  FIXME
+
+  START_PROGRESS ("hi", 0);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < 1000; ++i)
+    {
+      PROGRESS (1);
+
+      for (j = 0; j < (i * 100); ++j)
+	{
+	  x += (x * y) / j;
+	}
+    }
+  
+  END_PROGRESS ("hi");
+  
+  tm = Microseconds () - start;
+
+  printf ("Total time is %d.%d secs\n", tm / 1000000, tm % 1000000);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_MW_HEADERS
+/* Empty definitions for Metrowerks' SIOUX console library. */
+
+#ifndef __CONSOLE__
+#include <console.h>
+#endif
+
+short
+InstallConsole(short fd)
+{
+#pragma unused (fd)
+	return 0;
+}
+
+void
+RemoveConsole(void)
+{
+}
+
+long
+WriteCharsToConsole(char *buf, long n)
+{
+#pragma unused (buf, n)
+	return 0;
+}
+
+long ReadCharsFromConsole(char *buf, long n)
+{
+#pragma unused (buf, n)
+	return 0;
+}
+
+extern char *
+__ttyname(long fd)
+{
+	static char *__devicename = "null device";
+
+	if (fd >= 0 && fd <= 2)
+	  return (__devicename);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/msdos.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/msdos.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..923e64d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/msdos.c
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+char msg[] = "No vfork available - aborting\n";
+vfork()
+{
+  write(1, msg, sizeof(msg));
+}
+
+sigsetmask()
+{
+  /* no signals support in go32 (yet) */
+}
+
+waitpid()
+{
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/obstack.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/obstack.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d38094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/obstack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+/* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
+   Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+/* This is just to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+/* CYGNUS LOCAL.  No, don't comment the code out.  We will be using
+   ../include/obstack.h, which was changed relatively recently in a
+   way that is not binary compatible.  Until we feel confident that
+   nobody is using the old obstack.c code, force the use of this code.
+   This issue will arise anytime a change is made which is not binary
+   compatible.
+#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
+*/
+#if 1
+
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#define POINTER void *
+#else
+#define POINTER char *
+#endif
+
+/* Determine default alignment.  */
+struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
+#define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *)&((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *)0))
+/* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
+   But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
+   DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
+union fooround {long x; double d;};
+#define DEFAULT_ROUNDING (sizeof (union fooround))
+
+/* When we copy a long block of data, this is the unit to do it with.
+   On some machines, copying successive ints does not work;
+   in such a case, redefine COPYING_UNIT to `long' (if that works)
+   or `char' as a last resort.  */
+#ifndef COPYING_UNIT
+#define COPYING_UNIT int
+#endif
+
+/* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
+   to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
+
+struct obstack *_obstack;
+
+/* Define a macro that either calls functions with the traditional malloc/free
+   calling interface, or calls functions with the mmalloc/mfree interface
+   (that adds an extra first argument), based on the state of use_extra_arg.
+   For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
+   do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
+
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
+   Objects start on multiples of ALIGNMENT (0 means use default).
+   CHUNKFUN is the function to use to allocate chunks,
+   and FREEFUN the function to free them.
+
+   Return nonzero if successful, zero if out of memory.
+   To recover from an out of memory error,
+   free up some memory, then call this again.  */
+
+int
+_obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 0;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    {
+      h->alloc_failed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int size;
+     int alignment;
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
+     void (*freefun) ();
+     POINTER arg;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+
+  if (alignment == 0)
+    alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
+  if (size == 0)
+    /* Default size is what GNU malloc can fit in a 4096-byte block.  */
+    {
+      /* 12 is sizeof (mhead) and 4 is EXTRA from GNU malloc.
+	 Use the values for range checking, because if range checking is off,
+	 the extra bytes won't be missed terribly, but if range checking is on
+	 and we used a larger request, a whole extra 4096 bytes would be
+	 allocated.
+
+	 These number are irrelevant to the new GNU malloc.  I suspect it is
+	 less sensitive to the size of the request.  */
+      int extra = ((((12 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1) & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1))
+		    + 4 + DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1)
+		   & ~(DEFAULT_ROUNDING - 1));
+      size = 4096 - extra;
+    }
+
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = freefun;
+  h->chunk_size = size;
+  h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
+  h->extra_arg = arg;
+  h->use_extra_arg = 1;
+
+  chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
+  if (!chunk)
+    {
+      h->alloc_failed = 1;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
+  h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
+    = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
+  chunk->prev = 0;
+  /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Allocate a new current chunk for the obstack *H
+   on the assumption that LENGTH bytes need to be added
+   to the current object, or a new object of length LENGTH allocated.
+   Copies any partial object from the end of the old chunk
+   to the beginning of the new one.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_newchunk (h, length)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     int length;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*	old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*	new_chunk;
+  register long	new_size;
+  register int obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
+  register int i;
+  int already;
+
+  /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
+    new_size = h->chunk_size;
+
+  /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
+  new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
+  if (!new_chunk)
+    {
+      h->alloc_failed = 1;
+      return;
+    }
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+  h->chunk = new_chunk;
+  new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
+  new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
+
+  /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
+     Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
+     is sufficiently aligned.  */
+  if (h->alignment_mask + 1 >= DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT)
+    {
+      for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
+	   i >= 0; i--)
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i]
+	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
+      /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
+	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
+	 which does not do strict alignment for COPYING_UNITS.  */
+      already = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) * sizeof (COPYING_UNIT);
+    }
+  else
+    already = 0;
+  /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
+  for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
+    new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i];
+
+  /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
+     free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
+     But not if that chunk might contain an empty object.  */
+  if (h->object_base == old_chunk->contents && ! h->maybe_empty_object)
+    {
+      new_chunk->prev = old_chunk->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
+    }
+
+  h->object_base = new_chunk->contents;
+  h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
+  /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
+  h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+}
+
+/* Return nonzero if object OBJ has been allocated from obstack H.
+   This is here for debugging.
+   If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+/* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
+   obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
+int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
+#endif
+
+int
+_obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = (h)->chunk;
+  /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
+     the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk. */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      lp = plp;
+    }
+  return lp != 0;
+}
+
+/* Free objects in obstack H, including OBJ and everything allocate
+   more recently than OBJ.  If OBJ is zero, free everything in H.  */
+
+#undef obstack_free
+
+/* This function has two names with identical definitions.
+   This is the first one, called from non-ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+_obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* This function is used from ANSI code.  */
+
+void
+obstack_free (h, obj)
+     struct obstack *h;
+     POINTER obj;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+
+  lp = h->chunk;
+  /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
+     But there can be an empty object at that address
+     at the end of another chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+    {
+      plp = lp->prev;
+      CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
+      lp = plp;
+      /* If we switch chunks, we can't tell whether the new current
+	 chunk contains an empty object, so assume that it may.  */
+      h->maybe_empty_object = 1;
+    }
+  if (lp)
+    {
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
+      h->chunk = lp;
+    }
+  else if (obj != 0)
+    /* obj is not in any of the chunks! */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
+   and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
+
+/* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
+   Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+/* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
+   they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
+
+/* The function names appear in parentheses in order to prevent
+   the macro-definitions of the names from being expanded there.  */
+
+POINTER (obstack_base) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_base (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_next_free) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_next_free (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_object_size) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_object_size (obstack);
+}
+
+int (obstack_room) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_room (obstack);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank (obstack, length);
+}
+
+void (obstack_1grow_fast) (obstack, character)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int character;
+{
+  obstack_1grow_fast (obstack, character);
+}
+
+void (obstack_blank_fast) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  obstack_blank_fast (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_finish) (obstack)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+{
+  return obstack_finish (obstack);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     POINTER pointer;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+}
+
+#endif /* __STDC__ */
+
+#endif /* 0 */
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/random.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/random.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e205719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/random.c
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the University of California, Berkeley.  The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is derived from the Berkeley source:
+ *	@(#)random.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 7/6/88
+ * It was reworked for the GNU C Library by Roland McGrath.
+ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if 0
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#else
+
+#define	ULONG_MAX  ((unsigned long)(~0L))     /* 0xFFFFFFFF for 32-bits */
+#define	LONG_MAX   ((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1))   /* 0x7FFFFFFF for 32-bits*/
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#  define PTR void *
+#  define NULL (void *) 0
+#else
+#  define PTR char *
+#  define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+long int random ();
+
+/* An improved random number generation package.  In addition to the standard
+   rand()/srand() like interface, this package also has a special state info
+   interface.  The initstate() routine is called with a seed, an array of
+   bytes, and a count of how many bytes are being passed in; this array is
+   then initialized to contain information for random number generation with
+   that much state information.  Good sizes for the amount of state
+   information are 32, 64, 128, and 256 bytes.  The state can be switched by
+   calling the setstate() function with the same array as was initiallized
+   with initstate().  By default, the package runs with 128 bytes of state
+   information and generates far better random numbers than a linear
+   congruential generator.  If the amount of state information is less than
+   32 bytes, a simple linear congruential R.N.G. is used.  Internally, the
+   state information is treated as an array of longs; the zeroeth element of
+   the array is the type of R.N.G. being used (small integer); the remainder
+   of the array is the state information for the R.N.G.  Thus, 32 bytes of
+   state information will give 7 longs worth of state information, which will
+   allow a degree seven polynomial.  (Note: The zeroeth word of state
+   information also has some other information stored in it; see setstate
+   for details).  The random number generation technique is a linear feedback
+   shift register approach, employing trinomials (since there are fewer terms
+   to sum up that way).  In this approach, the least significant bit of all
+   the numbers in the state table will act as a linear feedback shift register,
+   and will have period 2^deg - 1 (where deg is the degree of the polynomial
+   being used, assuming that the polynomial is irreducible and primitive).
+   The higher order bits will have longer periods, since their values are
+   also influenced by pseudo-random carries out of the lower bits.  The
+   total period of the generator is approximately deg*(2**deg - 1); thus
+   doubling the amount of state information has a vast influence on the
+   period of the generator.  Note: The deg*(2**deg - 1) is an approximation
+   only good for large deg, when the period of the shift register is the
+   dominant factor.  With deg equal to seven, the period is actually much
+   longer than the 7*(2**7 - 1) predicted by this formula.  */
+
+
+
+/* For each of the currently supported random number generators, we have a
+   break value on the amount of state information (you need at least thi
+   bytes of state info to support this random number generator), a degree for
+   the polynomial (actually a trinomial) that the R.N.G. is based on, and
+   separation between the two lower order coefficients of the trinomial.  */
+
+/* Linear congruential.  */
+#define	TYPE_0		0
+#define	BREAK_0		8
+#define	DEG_0		0
+#define	SEP_0		0
+
+/* x**7 + x**3 + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_1		1
+#define	BREAK_1		32
+#define	DEG_1		7
+#define	SEP_1		3
+
+/* x**15 + x + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_2		2
+#define	BREAK_2		64
+#define	DEG_2		15
+#define	SEP_2		1
+
+/* x**31 + x**3 + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_3		3
+#define	BREAK_3		128
+#define	DEG_3		31
+#define	SEP_3		3
+
+/* x**63 + x + 1.  */
+#define	TYPE_4		4
+#define	BREAK_4		256
+#define	DEG_4		63
+#define	SEP_4		1
+
+
+/* Array versions of the above information to make code run faster.
+   Relies on fact that TYPE_i == i.  */
+
+#define	MAX_TYPES	5	/* Max number of types above.  */
+
+static int degrees[MAX_TYPES] = { DEG_0, DEG_1, DEG_2, DEG_3, DEG_4 };
+static int seps[MAX_TYPES] = { SEP_0, SEP_1, SEP_2, SEP_3, SEP_4 };
+
+
+
+/* Initially, everything is set up as if from:
+	initstate(1, randtbl, 128);
+   Note that this initialization takes advantage of the fact that srandom
+   advances the front and rear pointers 10*rand_deg times, and hence the
+   rear pointer which starts at 0 will also end up at zero; thus the zeroeth
+   element of the state information, which contains info about the current
+   position of the rear pointer is just
+	(MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + TYPE_3 == TYPE_3.  */
+
+static long int randtbl[DEG_3 + 1] =
+  { TYPE_3,
+      0x9a319039, 0x32d9c024, 0x9b663182, 0x5da1f342, 
+      0xde3b81e0, 0xdf0a6fb5, 0xf103bc02, 0x48f340fb, 
+      0x7449e56b, 0xbeb1dbb0, 0xab5c5918, 0x946554fd, 
+      0x8c2e680f, 0xeb3d799f, 0xb11ee0b7, 0x2d436b86, 
+      0xda672e2a, 0x1588ca88, 0xe369735d, 0x904f35f7, 
+      0xd7158fd6, 0x6fa6f051, 0x616e6b96, 0xac94efdc, 
+      0x36413f93, 0xc622c298, 0xf5a42ab8, 0x8a88d77b, 
+      0xf5ad9d0e, 0x8999220b, 0x27fb47b9
+    };
+
+/* FPTR and RPTR are two pointers into the state info, a front and a rear
+   pointer.  These two pointers are always rand_sep places aparts, as they
+   cycle through the state information.  (Yes, this does mean we could get
+   away with just one pointer, but the code for random is more efficient
+   this way).  The pointers are left positioned as they would be from the call:
+	initstate(1, randtbl, 128);
+   (The position of the rear pointer, rptr, is really 0 (as explained above
+   in the initialization of randtbl) because the state table pointer is set
+   to point to randtbl[1] (as explained below).)  */
+
+static long int *fptr = &randtbl[SEP_3 + 1];
+static long int *rptr = &randtbl[1];
+
+
+
+/* The following things are the pointer to the state information table,
+   the type of the current generator, the degree of the current polynomial
+   being used, and the separation between the two pointers.
+   Note that for efficiency of random, we remember the first location of
+   the state information, not the zeroeth.  Hence it is valid to access
+   state[-1], which is used to store the type of the R.N.G.
+   Also, we remember the last location, since this is more efficient than
+   indexing every time to find the address of the last element to see if
+   the front and rear pointers have wrapped.  */
+
+static long int *state = &randtbl[1];
+
+static int rand_type = TYPE_3;
+static int rand_deg = DEG_3;
+static int rand_sep = SEP_3;
+
+static long int *end_ptr = &randtbl[sizeof(randtbl) / sizeof(randtbl[0])];
+
+/* Initialize the random number generator based on the given seed.  If the
+   type is the trivial no-state-information type, just remember the seed.
+   Otherwise, initializes state[] based on the given "seed" via a linear
+   congruential generator.  Then, the pointers are set to known locations
+   that are exactly rand_sep places apart.  Lastly, it cycles the state
+   information a given number of times to get rid of any initial dependencies
+   introduced by the L.C.R.N.G.  Note that the initialization of randtbl[]
+   for default usage relies on values produced by this routine.  */
+void
+srandom (x)
+  unsigned int x;
+{
+  state[0] = x;
+  if (rand_type != TYPE_0)
+    {
+      register long int i;
+      for (i = 1; i < rand_deg; ++i)
+	state[i] = (1103515145 * state[i - 1]) + 12345;
+      fptr = &state[rand_sep];
+      rptr = &state[0];
+      for (i = 0; i < 10 * rand_deg; ++i)
+	random();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Initialize the state information in the given array of N bytes for
+   future random number generation.  Based on the number of bytes we
+   are given, and the break values for the different R.N.G.'s, we choose
+   the best (largest) one we can and set things up for it.  srandom is
+   then called to initialize the state information.  Note that on return
+   from srandom, we set state[-1] to be the type multiplexed with the current
+   value of the rear pointer; this is so successive calls to initstate won't
+   lose this information and will be able to restart with setstate.
+   Note: The first thing we do is save the current state, if any, just like
+   setstate so that it doesn't matter when initstate is called.
+   Returns a pointer to the old state.  */
+PTR
+initstate (seed, arg_state, n)
+  unsigned int seed;
+  PTR arg_state;
+  unsigned long n;
+{
+  PTR ostate = (PTR) &state[-1];
+
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    state[-1] = rand_type;
+  else
+    state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type;
+  if (n < BREAK_1)
+    {
+      if (n < BREAK_0)
+	{
+	  errno = EINVAL;
+	  return NULL;
+	}
+      rand_type = TYPE_0;
+      rand_deg = DEG_0;
+      rand_sep = SEP_0;
+    }
+  else if (n < BREAK_2)
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_1;
+      rand_deg = DEG_1;
+      rand_sep = SEP_1;
+    }
+  else if (n < BREAK_3)
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_2;
+      rand_deg = DEG_2;
+      rand_sep = SEP_2;
+    }
+  else if (n < BREAK_4)
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_3;
+      rand_deg = DEG_3;
+      rand_sep = SEP_3;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rand_type = TYPE_4;
+      rand_deg = DEG_4;
+      rand_sep = SEP_4;
+    }
+
+  state = &((long int *) arg_state)[1];	/* First location.  */
+  /* Must set END_PTR before srandom.  */
+  end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];
+  srandom(seed);
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    state[-1] = rand_type;
+  else
+    state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type;
+
+  return ostate;
+}
+
+/* Restore the state from the given state array.
+   Note: It is important that we also remember the locations of the pointers
+   in the current state information, and restore the locations of the pointers
+   from the old state information.  This is done by multiplexing the pointer
+   location into the zeroeth word of the state information. Note that due
+   to the order in which things are done, it is OK to call setstate with the
+   same state as the current state
+   Returns a pointer to the old state information.  */
+
+PTR
+setstate (arg_state)
+  PTR arg_state;
+{
+  register long int *new_state = (long int *) arg_state;
+  register int type = new_state[0] % MAX_TYPES;
+  register int rear = new_state[0] / MAX_TYPES;
+  PTR ostate = (PTR) &state[-1];
+
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    state[-1] = rand_type;
+  else
+    state[-1] = (MAX_TYPES * (rptr - state)) + rand_type;
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case TYPE_0:
+    case TYPE_1:
+    case TYPE_2:
+    case TYPE_3:
+    case TYPE_4:
+      rand_type = type;
+      rand_deg = degrees[type];
+      rand_sep = seps[type];
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* State info munged.  */
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  state = &new_state[1];
+  if (rand_type != TYPE_0)
+    {
+      rptr = &state[rear];
+      fptr = &state[(rear + rand_sep) % rand_deg];
+    }
+  /* Set end_ptr too.  */
+  end_ptr = &state[rand_deg];
+
+  return ostate;
+}
+
+/* If we are using the trivial TYPE_0 R.N.G., just do the old linear
+   congruential bit.  Otherwise, we do our fancy trinomial stuff, which is the
+   same in all ther other cases due to all the global variables that have been
+   set up.  The basic operation is to add the number at the rear pointer into
+   the one at the front pointer.  Then both pointers are advanced to the next
+   location cyclically in the table.  The value returned is the sum generated,
+   reduced to 31 bits by throwing away the "least random" low bit.
+   Note: The code takes advantage of the fact that both the front and
+   rear pointers can't wrap on the same call by not testing the rear
+   pointer if the front one has wrapped.  Returns a 31-bit random number.  */
+
+long int
+random ()
+{
+  if (rand_type == TYPE_0)
+    {
+      state[0] = ((state[0] * 1103515245) + 12345) & LONG_MAX;
+      return state[0];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      long int i;
+      *fptr += *rptr;
+      /* Chucking least random bit.  */
+      i = (*fptr >> 1) & LONG_MAX;
+      ++fptr;
+      if (fptr >= end_ptr)
+	{
+	  fptr = state;
+	  ++rptr;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  ++rptr;
+	  if (rptr >= end_ptr)
+	    rptr = state;
+	}
+      return i;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/rename.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/rename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae26e2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/rename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* rename -- rename a file
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/* Rename a file.  */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int
+rename (zfrom, zto)
+     char *zfrom;
+     char *zto;
+{
+  if (link (zfrom, zto) < 0)
+    {
+      if (errno != EEXIST)
+	return -1;
+      if (unlink (zto) < 0
+	  || link (zfrom, zto) < 0)
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return unlink (zfrom);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/rindex.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/rindex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..061d126
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/rindex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* Stub implementation of (obsolete) rindex(). */
+
+extern char *strrchr ();
+
+char *
+rindex (s, c)
+  char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  return strrchr (s, c);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/sigsetmask.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/sigsetmask.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a09e6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/sigsetmask.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Version of sigsetmask.c
+   Written by Steve Chamberlain (sac@cygnus.com).
+   Contributed by Cygnus Support.
+   This file is in the public doamin. */
+
+/* Set the current signal mask to the set provided, and return the 
+   previous value */
+
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+/* Including <sys/types.h> seems to be needed by ISC. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#ifdef SIG_SETMASK
+int
+DEFUN(sigsetmask,(set),
+      int set)
+{
+    sigset_t new;
+    sigset_t old;
+    
+    sigemptyset (&new);
+    if (set != 0) {
+      abort();	/* FIXME, we don't know how to translate old mask to new */
+    }
+    sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &new, &old);
+    return 1;	/* FIXME, we always return 1 as old value.  */
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/spaces.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/spaces.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ea8532
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/spaces.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* Allocate memory region filled with spaces.
+   Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	spaces -- return a pointer to a buffer full of spaces
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	char *spaces (int count)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns a pointer to a memory region filled with the specified
+	number of spaces and null terminated.  The returned pointer is
+	valid until at least the next call.
+	
+BUGS
+
+*/
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+const char *
+spaces (count)
+  int count;
+{
+  register char *t;
+  static char *buf;
+  static int maxsize;
+  extern char *malloc ();
+  extern void free ();
+
+  if (count > maxsize)
+    {
+      if (buf)
+	{
+	  free (buf);
+	}
+      buf = malloc (count + 1);
+      if (buf == (char *) 0)
+	return 0;
+      for (t = buf + count ; t != buf ; )
+	{
+	  *--t = ' ';
+	}
+      maxsize = count;
+      buf[count] = '\0';
+    }
+  return (const char *) (buf + maxsize - count);
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strcasecmp.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53387ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of California at Berkeley. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific written prior permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strcasecmp.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 11/24/87";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter
+ * together for a case independent comparison.  The mappings are
+ * based upon ascii character sequences.
+ */
+static unsigned char charmap[] = {
+	'\000', '\001', '\002', '\003', '\004', '\005', '\006', '\007',
+	'\010', '\011', '\012', '\013', '\014', '\015', '\016', '\017',
+	'\020', '\021', '\022', '\023', '\024', '\025', '\026', '\027',
+	'\030', '\031', '\032', '\033', '\034', '\035', '\036', '\037',
+	'\040', '\041', '\042', '\043', '\044', '\045', '\046', '\047',
+	'\050', '\051', '\052', '\053', '\054', '\055', '\056', '\057',
+	'\060', '\061', '\062', '\063', '\064', '\065', '\066', '\067',
+	'\070', '\071', '\072', '\073', '\074', '\075', '\076', '\077',
+	'\100', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147',
+	'\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157',
+	'\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167',
+	'\170', '\171', '\172', '\133', '\134', '\135', '\136', '\137',
+	'\140', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147',
+	'\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157',
+	'\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167',
+	'\170', '\171', '\172', '\173', '\174', '\175', '\176', '\177',
+	'\200', '\201', '\202', '\203', '\204', '\205', '\206', '\207',
+	'\210', '\211', '\212', '\213', '\214', '\215', '\216', '\217',
+	'\220', '\221', '\222', '\223', '\224', '\225', '\226', '\227',
+	'\230', '\231', '\232', '\233', '\234', '\235', '\236', '\237',
+	'\240', '\241', '\242', '\243', '\244', '\245', '\246', '\247',
+	'\250', '\251', '\252', '\253', '\254', '\255', '\256', '\257',
+	'\260', '\261', '\262', '\263', '\264', '\265', '\266', '\267',
+	'\270', '\271', '\272', '\273', '\274', '\275', '\276', '\277',
+	'\300', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347',
+	'\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357',
+	'\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367',
+	'\370', '\371', '\372', '\333', '\334', '\335', '\336', '\337',
+	'\340', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347',
+	'\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357',
+	'\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367',
+	'\370', '\371', '\372', '\373', '\374', '\375', '\376', '\377',
+};
+
+int
+strcasecmp(s1, s2)
+    const char *s1, *s2;
+{
+    register unsigned char u1, u2;
+
+    for (;;) {
+	u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++;
+	u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++;
+	if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) {
+	    return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2];
+	}
+	if (u1 == '\0') {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strchr.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22976ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Portable version of strchr()
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	strchr -- return pointer to first occurance of a character
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *strchr (const char *s, int c)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Returns a pointer to the first occurance of character C in
+	string S, or a NULL pointer if no occurance is found.
+	
+BUGS
+	Behavior when character is the null character is implementation
+	dependent.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strchr (s, c)
+  register CONST char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      {
+	return (char*)s;
+      }
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strdup.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1785b34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+char *
+strdup(s)
+     char *s;
+{
+    char *result = (char*)malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
+    if (result == (char*)0)
+	return (char*)0;
+    strcpy(result, s);
+    return result;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strerror.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f3f92b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
+/* Extended support for using errno values.
+   Written by Fred Fish.  fnf@cygnus.com
+   This file is in the public domain.  --Per Bothner.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist
+/* Note that errno.h (not sure what OS) or stdio.h (BSD 4.4, at least)
+   might declare sys_errlist in a way that the compiler might consider
+   incompatible with our later declaration, perhaps by using const
+   attributes.  So we hide the declaration in errno.h (if any) using a
+   macro. */
+#define sys_errlist sys_errlist__
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef NEED_sys_errlist
+#undef sys_errlist
+#endif
+
+/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
+extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);			/* 4.11.6.1 */
+#else	/* !__STDC__ */
+extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
+extern char *memset ();
+#endif	/* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* Translation table for errno values.  See intro(2) in most UNIX systems
+   Programmers Reference Manuals.
+
+   Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
+   to initialize errno name and message tables that are indexed by errno
+   value.
+
+   Not all of these errnos will exist on all systems.  This table is the only
+   thing that should have to be updated as new error numbers are introduced.
+   It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
+
+struct error_info
+{
+  int value;		/* The numeric value from <errno.h> */
+  const char *name;	/* The equivalent symbolic value */
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+  const char *msg;	/* Short message about this value */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name, msg}
+#else
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name}
+#endif
+
+static const struct error_info error_table[] =
+{
+#if defined (EPERM)
+  ENTRY(EPERM, "EPERM", "Not owner"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOENT)
+  ENTRY(ENOENT, "ENOENT", "No such file or directory"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESRCH)
+  ENTRY(ESRCH, "ESRCH", "No such process"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EINTR)
+  ENTRY(EINTR, "EINTR", "Interrupted system call"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EIO)
+  ENTRY(EIO, "EIO", "I/O error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENXIO)
+  ENTRY(ENXIO, "ENXIO", "No such device or address"),
+#endif
+#if defined (E2BIG)
+  ENTRY(E2BIG, "E2BIG", "Arg list too long"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOEXEC)
+  ENTRY(ENOEXEC, "ENOEXEC", "Exec format error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADF)
+  ENTRY(EBADF, "EBADF", "Bad file number"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECHILD)
+  ENTRY(ECHILD, "ECHILD", "No child processes"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EWOULDBLOCK)	/* Put before EAGAIN, sometimes aliased */
+  ENTRY(EWOULDBLOCK, "EWOULDBLOCK", "Operation would block"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EAGAIN)
+  ENTRY(EAGAIN, "EAGAIN", "No more processes"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOMEM)
+  ENTRY(ENOMEM, "ENOMEM", "Not enough space"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EACCES)
+  ENTRY(EACCES, "EACCES", "Permission denied"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EFAULT)
+  ENTRY(EFAULT, "EFAULT", "Bad address"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTBLK)
+  ENTRY(ENOTBLK, "ENOTBLK", "Block device required"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBUSY)
+  ENTRY(EBUSY, "EBUSY", "Device busy"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EEXIST)
+  ENTRY(EEXIST, "EEXIST", "File exists"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EXDEV)
+  ENTRY(EXDEV, "EXDEV", "Cross-device link"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENODEV)
+  ENTRY(ENODEV, "ENODEV", "No such device"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTDIR)
+  ENTRY(ENOTDIR, "ENOTDIR", "Not a directory"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EISDIR)
+  ENTRY(EISDIR, "EISDIR", "Is a directory"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EINVAL)
+  ENTRY(EINVAL, "EINVAL", "Invalid argument"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENFILE)
+  ENTRY(ENFILE, "ENFILE", "File table overflow"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMFILE)
+  ENTRY(EMFILE, "EMFILE", "Too many open files"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTTY)
+  ENTRY(ENOTTY, "ENOTTY", "Not a typewriter"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETXTBSY)
+  ENTRY(ETXTBSY, "ETXTBSY", "Text file busy"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+  ENTRY(EFBIG, "EFBIG", "File too large"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSPC)
+  ENTRY(ENOSPC, "ENOSPC", "No space left on device"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESPIPE)
+  ENTRY(ESPIPE, "ESPIPE", "Illegal seek"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EROFS)
+  ENTRY(EROFS, "EROFS", "Read-only file system"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMLINK)
+  ENTRY(EMLINK, "EMLINK", "Too many links"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPIPE)
+  ENTRY(EPIPE, "EPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDOM)
+  ENTRY(EDOM, "EDOM", "Math argument out of domain of func"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ERANGE)
+  ENTRY(ERANGE, "ERANGE", "Math result not representable"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOMSG)
+  ENTRY(ENOMSG, "ENOMSG", "No message of desired type"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EIDRM)
+  ENTRY(EIDRM, "EIDRM", "Identifier removed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECHRNG)
+  ENTRY(ECHRNG, "ECHRNG", "Channel number out of range"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL2NSYNC)
+  ENTRY(EL2NSYNC, "EL2NSYNC", "Level 2 not synchronized"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL3HLT)
+  ENTRY(EL3HLT, "EL3HLT", "Level 3 halted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL3RST)
+  ENTRY(EL3RST, "EL3RST", "Level 3 reset"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELNRNG)
+  ENTRY(ELNRNG, "ELNRNG", "Link number out of range"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EUNATCH)
+  ENTRY(EUNATCH, "EUNATCH", "Protocol driver not attached"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOCSI)
+  ENTRY(ENOCSI, "ENOCSI", "No CSI structure available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EL2HLT)
+  ENTRY(EL2HLT, "EL2HLT", "Level 2 halted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDEADLK)
+  ENTRY(EDEADLK, "EDEADLK", "Deadlock condition"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOLCK)
+  ENTRY(ENOLCK, "ENOLCK", "No record locks available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADE)
+  ENTRY(EBADE, "EBADE", "Invalid exchange"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADR)
+  ENTRY(EBADR, "EBADR", "Invalid request descriptor"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EXFULL)
+  ENTRY(EXFULL, "EXFULL", "Exchange full"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOANO)
+  ENTRY(ENOANO, "ENOANO", "No anode"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADRQC)
+  ENTRY(EBADRQC, "EBADRQC", "Invalid request code"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADSLT)
+  ENTRY(EBADSLT, "EBADSLT", "Invalid slot"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDEADLOCK)
+  ENTRY(EDEADLOCK, "EDEADLOCK", "File locking deadlock error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBFONT)
+  ENTRY(EBFONT, "EBFONT", "Bad font file format"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSTR)
+  ENTRY(ENOSTR, "ENOSTR", "Device not a stream"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENODATA)
+  ENTRY(ENODATA, "ENODATA", "No data available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETIME)
+  ENTRY(ETIME, "ETIME", "Timer expired"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSR)
+  ENTRY(ENOSR, "ENOSR", "Out of streams resources"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENONET)
+  ENTRY(ENONET, "ENONET", "Machine is not on the network"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOPKG)
+  ENTRY(ENOPKG, "ENOPKG", "Package not installed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EREMOTE)
+  ENTRY(EREMOTE, "EREMOTE", "Object is remote"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOLINK)
+  ENTRY(ENOLINK, "ENOLINK", "Link has been severed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EADV)
+  ENTRY(EADV, "EADV", "Advertise error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESRMNT)
+  ENTRY(ESRMNT, "ESRMNT", "Srmount error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECOMM)
+  ENTRY(ECOMM, "ECOMM", "Communication error on send"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPROTO)
+  ENTRY(EPROTO, "EPROTO", "Protocol error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMULTIHOP)
+  ENTRY(EMULTIHOP, "EMULTIHOP", "Multihop attempted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDOTDOT)
+  ENTRY(EDOTDOT, "EDOTDOT", "RFS specific error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADMSG)
+  ENTRY(EBADMSG, "EBADMSG", "Not a data message"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENAMETOOLONG)
+  ENTRY(ENAMETOOLONG, "ENAMETOOLONG", "File name too long"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EOVERFLOW)
+  ENTRY(EOVERFLOW, "EOVERFLOW", "Value too large for defined data type"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTUNIQ)
+  ENTRY(ENOTUNIQ, "ENOTUNIQ", "Name not unique on network"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EBADFD)
+  ENTRY(EBADFD, "EBADFD", "File descriptor in bad state"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EREMCHG)
+  ENTRY(EREMCHG, "EREMCHG", "Remote address changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBACC)
+  ENTRY(ELIBACC, "ELIBACC", "Can not access a needed shared library"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBBAD)
+  ENTRY(ELIBBAD, "ELIBBAD", "Accessing a corrupted shared library"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBSCN)
+  ENTRY(ELIBSCN, "ELIBSCN", ".lib section in a.out corrupted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBMAX)
+  ENTRY(ELIBMAX, "ELIBMAX", "Attempting to link in too many shared libraries"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELIBEXEC)
+  ENTRY(ELIBEXEC, "ELIBEXEC", "Cannot exec a shared library directly"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EILSEQ)
+  ENTRY(EILSEQ, "EILSEQ", "Illegal byte sequence"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOSYS)
+  ENTRY(ENOSYS, "ENOSYS", "Operation not applicable"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ELOOP)
+  ENTRY(ELOOP, "ELOOP", "Too many symbolic links encountered"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ERESTART)
+  ENTRY(ERESTART, "ERESTART", "Interrupted system call should be restarted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESTRPIPE)
+  ENTRY(ESTRPIPE, "ESTRPIPE", "Streams pipe error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTEMPTY)
+  ENTRY(ENOTEMPTY, "ENOTEMPTY", "Directory not empty"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EUSERS)
+  ENTRY(EUSERS, "EUSERS", "Too many users"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTSOCK)
+  ENTRY(ENOTSOCK, "ENOTSOCK", "Socket operation on non-socket"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EDESTADDRREQ)
+  ENTRY(EDESTADDRREQ, "EDESTADDRREQ", "Destination address required"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EMSGSIZE)
+  ENTRY(EMSGSIZE, "EMSGSIZE", "Message too long"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPROTOTYPE)
+  ENTRY(EPROTOTYPE, "EPROTOTYPE", "Protocol wrong type for socket"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOPROTOOPT)
+  ENTRY(ENOPROTOOPT, "ENOPROTOOPT", "Protocol not available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPROTONOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(EPROTONOSUPPORT, "EPROTONOSUPPORT", "Protocol not supported"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESOCKTNOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(ESOCKTNOSUPPORT, "ESOCKTNOSUPPORT", "Socket type not supported"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EOPNOTSUPP)
+  ENTRY(EOPNOTSUPP, "EOPNOTSUPP", "Operation not supported on transport endpoint"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EPFNOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(EPFNOSUPPORT, "EPFNOSUPPORT", "Protocol family not supported"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EAFNOSUPPORT)
+  ENTRY(EAFNOSUPPORT, "EAFNOSUPPORT", "Address family not supported by protocol"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EADDRINUSE)
+  ENTRY(EADDRINUSE, "EADDRINUSE", "Address already in use"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EADDRNOTAVAIL)
+  ENTRY(EADDRNOTAVAIL, "EADDRNOTAVAIL","Cannot assign requested address"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENETDOWN)
+  ENTRY(ENETDOWN, "ENETDOWN", "Network is down"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENETUNREACH)
+  ENTRY(ENETUNREACH, "ENETUNREACH", "Network is unreachable"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENETRESET)
+  ENTRY(ENETRESET, "ENETRESET", "Network dropped connection because of reset"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECONNABORTED)
+  ENTRY(ECONNABORTED, "ECONNABORTED", "Software caused connection abort"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECONNRESET)
+  ENTRY(ECONNRESET, "ECONNRESET", "Connection reset by peer"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOBUFS)
+  ENTRY(ENOBUFS, "ENOBUFS", "No buffer space available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EISCONN)
+  ENTRY(EISCONN, "EISCONN", "Transport endpoint is already connected"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTCONN)
+  ENTRY(ENOTCONN, "ENOTCONN", "Transport endpoint is not connected"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESHUTDOWN)
+  ENTRY(ESHUTDOWN, "ESHUTDOWN", "Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETOOMANYREFS)
+  ENTRY(ETOOMANYREFS, "ETOOMANYREFS", "Too many references: cannot splice"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ETIMEDOUT)
+  ENTRY(ETIMEDOUT, "ETIMEDOUT", "Connection timed out"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ECONNREFUSED)
+  ENTRY(ECONNREFUSED, "ECONNREFUSED", "Connection refused"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EHOSTDOWN)
+  ENTRY(EHOSTDOWN, "EHOSTDOWN", "Host is down"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EHOSTUNREACH)
+  ENTRY(EHOSTUNREACH, "EHOSTUNREACH", "No route to host"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EALREADY)
+  ENTRY(EALREADY, "EALREADY", "Operation already in progress"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EINPROGRESS)
+  ENTRY(EINPROGRESS, "EINPROGRESS", "Operation now in progress"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ESTALE)
+  ENTRY(ESTALE, "ESTALE", "Stale NFS file handle"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EUCLEAN)
+  ENTRY(EUCLEAN, "EUCLEAN", "Structure needs cleaning"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENOTNAM)
+  ENTRY(ENOTNAM, "ENOTNAM", "Not a XENIX named type file"),
+#endif
+#if defined (ENAVAIL)
+  ENTRY(ENAVAIL, "ENAVAIL", "No XENIX semaphores available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EISNAM)
+  ENTRY(EISNAM, "EISNAM", "Is a named type file"),
+#endif
+#if defined (EREMOTEIO)
+  ENTRY(EREMOTEIO, "EREMOTEIO", "Remote I/O error"),
+#endif
+  ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
+};
+
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+/* This is not in the table, because the numeric value of EVMSERR (32767)
+   lies outside the range of sys_errlist[].  */
+static struct { int value; const char *name, *msg; }
+  evmserr = { EVMSERR, "EVMSERR", "VMS-specific error" };
+#endif
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime.  Indexed by the
+   errno value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
+
+static const char **error_names;
+static int num_error_names = 0;
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
+   already exist in the host environment.  Indexed by the errno value to find
+   the descriptive string.
+
+   We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
+   same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
+   initialized rather than statically initialized. */
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+
+static int sys_nerr;
+static const char **sys_errlist;
+
+#else
+
+extern int sys_nerr;
+extern char *sys_errlist[];
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	init_error_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static void init_error_tables ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Using the error_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
+	the error_names and the sys_errlist (if needed) tables, which are
+	indexed at runtime by a specific errno value.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
+	in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
+	bomb either.  Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
+	some memory in the meantime.  In any case, the other routines know
+	how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it.  This
+	may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
+	warn about this particular failure mode.
+
+*/
+
+static void
+init_error_tables ()
+{
+  const struct error_info *eip;
+  int nbytes;
+
+  /* If we haven't already scanned the error_table once to find the maximum
+     errno value, then go find it now. */
+
+  if (num_error_names == 0)
+    {
+      for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	{
+	  if (eip -> value >= num_error_names)
+	    {
+	      num_error_names = eip -> value + 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the error_names table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((error_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (error_names, 0, nbytes);
+	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      error_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_errlist table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized error_table. */
+
+  if (sys_errlist == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_error_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((sys_errlist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (sys_errlist, 0, nbytes);
+	  sys_nerr = num_error_names;
+	  for (eip = error_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      sys_errlist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	errno_max -- return the max errno value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int errno_max ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns the maximum errno value for which a corresponding symbolic
+	name or message is available.  Note that in the case where
+	we use the sys_errlist supplied by the system, it is possible for
+	there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
+	In fact, the manual page for perror(3C) explicitly warns that one
+	should check the size of the table (sys_nerr) before indexing it,
+	since new error codes may be added to the system before they are
+	added to the table.  Thus sys_nerr might be smaller than value
+	implied by the largest errno value defined in <errno.h>.
+
+	We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
+	symbolic name or message.
+
+*/
+
+int
+errno_max ()
+{
+  int maxsize;
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_error_tables ();
+    }
+  maxsize = MAX (sys_nerr, num_error_names);
+  return (maxsize - 1);
+}
+
+#ifdef NEED_strerror
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strerror -- map an error number to an error message string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	char *strerror (int errnoval)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Maps an errno number to an error message string, the contents of
+	which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
+	variables sys_nerr and sys_errlist, these strings will be the same
+	as the ones used by perror().
+
+	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
+	for the sys_errlist, but no message is available for the particular
+	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is the
+	error number.
+
+	If the supplied error number is not a valid index into sys_errlist,
+	returns NULL.
+
+	The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
+	next call to strerror.
+
+*/
+
+char *
+strerror (errnoval)
+  int errnoval;
+{
+  char *msg;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_errlist
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_error_tables ();
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= sys_nerr))
+    {
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
+	msg = evmserr.msg;
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      msg = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((sys_errlist == NULL) || (sys_errlist[errnoval] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no sys_errlist or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
+      msg = buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid message.  Just return the message. */
+      msg = (char *) sys_errlist[errnoval];
+    }
+  
+  return (msg);
+}
+
+#endif	/* NEED_strerror */
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strerrno -- map an error number to a symbolic name string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	const char *strerrno (int errnoval)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given an error number returned from a system call (typically
+	returned in errno), returns a pointer to a string containing the
+	symbolic name of that error number, as found in <errno.h>.
+
+	If the supplied error number is within the valid range of indices
+	for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
+	error number, then returns the string "Error NUM", where NUM is
+	the error number.
+
+	If the supplied error number is not within the range of valid
+	indices, then returns NULL.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
+	valid until the next call to strerrno.
+
+*/
+
+const char *
+strerrno (errnoval)
+  int errnoval;
+{
+  const char *name;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+  if (error_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_error_tables ();
+    }
+
+  if ((errnoval < 0) || (errnoval >= num_error_names))
+    {
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+      if (errnoval == evmserr.value)
+	name = evmserr.name;
+      else
+#endif
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      name = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((error_names == NULL) || (error_names[errnoval] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no error_names or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Error %d", errnoval);
+      name = (const char *) buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid name.  Just return the name. */
+      name = error_names[errnoval];
+    }
+
+  return (name);
+}
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strtoerrno -- map a symbolic errno name to a numeric value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int strtoerrno (char *name)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given the symbolic name of a error number, map it to an errno value.
+	If no translation is found, returns 0.
+
+*/
+
+int
+strtoerrno (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  int errnoval = 0;
+
+  if (name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (error_names == NULL)
+	{
+	  init_error_tables ();
+	}
+      for (errnoval = 0; errnoval < num_error_names; errnoval++)
+	{
+	  if ((error_names[errnoval] != NULL) &&
+	      (strcmp (name, error_names[errnoval]) == 0))
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (errnoval == num_error_names)
+	{
+#ifdef EVMSERR
+	  if (strcmp (name, evmserr.name) == 0)
+	    errnoval = evmserr.value;
+	  else
+#endif
+	  errnoval = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  return (errnoval);
+}
+
+
+/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the errno translations
+   if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int errn;
+  int errnmax;
+  const char *name;
+  char *msg;
+  char *strerror ();
+
+  errnmax = errno_max ();
+  printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_error_names);
+  printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nerr);
+  printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", errnmax);
+
+  /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
+     *either* table.  Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
+     relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
+     NULL. */
+
+  for (errn = 0; errn <= errnmax; errn++)
+    {
+      name = strerrno (errn);
+      name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
+      msg = strerror (errn);
+      msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
+      printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", errn, name, msg);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strncasecmp.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4485cac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given
+ * to the University of California at Berkeley. The name of the University
+ * may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
+ * software without specific written prior permission. This software
+ * is provided ``as is'' without express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)strcasecmp.c	5.5 (Berkeley) 11/24/87";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter
+ * together for a case independent comparison.  The mappings are
+ * based upon ascii character sequences.
+ */
+static unsigned char charmap[] = {
+	'\000', '\001', '\002', '\003', '\004', '\005', '\006', '\007',
+	'\010', '\011', '\012', '\013', '\014', '\015', '\016', '\017',
+	'\020', '\021', '\022', '\023', '\024', '\025', '\026', '\027',
+	'\030', '\031', '\032', '\033', '\034', '\035', '\036', '\037',
+	'\040', '\041', '\042', '\043', '\044', '\045', '\046', '\047',
+	'\050', '\051', '\052', '\053', '\054', '\055', '\056', '\057',
+	'\060', '\061', '\062', '\063', '\064', '\065', '\066', '\067',
+	'\070', '\071', '\072', '\073', '\074', '\075', '\076', '\077',
+	'\100', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147',
+	'\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157',
+	'\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167',
+	'\170', '\171', '\172', '\133', '\134', '\135', '\136', '\137',
+	'\140', '\141', '\142', '\143', '\144', '\145', '\146', '\147',
+	'\150', '\151', '\152', '\153', '\154', '\155', '\156', '\157',
+	'\160', '\161', '\162', '\163', '\164', '\165', '\166', '\167',
+	'\170', '\171', '\172', '\173', '\174', '\175', '\176', '\177',
+	'\200', '\201', '\202', '\203', '\204', '\205', '\206', '\207',
+	'\210', '\211', '\212', '\213', '\214', '\215', '\216', '\217',
+	'\220', '\221', '\222', '\223', '\224', '\225', '\226', '\227',
+	'\230', '\231', '\232', '\233', '\234', '\235', '\236', '\237',
+	'\240', '\241', '\242', '\243', '\244', '\245', '\246', '\247',
+	'\250', '\251', '\252', '\253', '\254', '\255', '\256', '\257',
+	'\260', '\261', '\262', '\263', '\264', '\265', '\266', '\267',
+	'\270', '\271', '\272', '\273', '\274', '\275', '\276', '\277',
+	'\300', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347',
+	'\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357',
+	'\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367',
+	'\370', '\371', '\372', '\333', '\334', '\335', '\336', '\337',
+	'\340', '\341', '\342', '\343', '\344', '\345', '\346', '\347',
+	'\350', '\351', '\352', '\353', '\354', '\355', '\356', '\357',
+	'\360', '\361', '\362', '\363', '\364', '\365', '\366', '\367',
+	'\370', '\371', '\372', '\373', '\374', '\375', '\376', '\377',
+};
+
+int
+strncasecmp(s1, s2, n)
+	const char *s1, *s2;
+	register size_t n;
+{
+    register unsigned char u1, u2;
+
+    for (; n != 0; --n) {
+	u1 = (unsigned char) *s1++;
+	u2 = (unsigned char) *s2++;
+	if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) {
+	    return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2];
+	}
+	if (u1 == '\0') {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strrchr.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strrchr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30f9e8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strrchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* Portable version of strrchr().
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+NAME
+	strrchr -- return pointer to last occurance of a character
+
+SYNOPSIS
+	char *strrchr (const char *s, int c)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+	Returns a pointer to the last occurance of character C in
+	string S, or a NULL pointer if no occurance is found.
+	
+BUGS
+	Behavior when character is the null character is implementation
+	dependent.
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strrchr (s, c)
+  register CONST char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  char *rtnval = 0;
+
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      rtnval = (char*) s;
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (rtnval);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strsignal.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strsignal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4dd63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strsignal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
+/* Extended support for using signal values.
+   Written by Fred Fish.  fnf@cygnus.com
+   This file is in the public domain.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef LOSING_SYS_SIGLIST
+#define sys_siglist no_such_symbol
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/*  Routines imported from standard C runtime libraries. */
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *malloc (size_t size);				/* 4.10.3.3 */
+extern void *memset (void *s, int c, size_t n);			/* 4.11.6.1 */
+#else	/* !__STDC__ */
+extern char *malloc ();		/* Standard memory allocater */
+extern char *memset ();
+#endif	/* __STDC__ */
+
+#ifdef LOSING_SYS_SIGLIST
+#undef sys_siglist
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#  ifdef __STDC__
+#    define NULL (void *) 0
+#  else
+#    define NULL 0
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAX
+#  define MAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+/* Translation table for signal values.
+
+   Note that this table is generally only accessed when it is used at runtime
+   to initialize signal name and message tables that are indexed by signal
+   value.
+
+   Not all of these signals will exist on all systems.  This table is the only
+   thing that should have to be updated as new signal numbers are introduced.
+   It's sort of ugly, but at least its portable. */
+
+struct signal_info
+{
+  int value;		/* The numeric value from <signal.h> */
+  const char *name;	/* The equivalent symbolic value */
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+  const char *msg;	/* Short message about this value */
+#endif
+};
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name, msg}
+#else
+#   define ENTRY(value, name, msg)	{value, name}
+#endif
+
+static const struct signal_info signal_table[] =
+{
+#if defined (SIGHUP)
+  ENTRY(SIGHUP, "SIGHUP", "Hangup"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGINT)
+  ENTRY(SIGINT, "SIGINT", "Interrupt"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGQUIT)
+  ENTRY(SIGQUIT, "SIGQUIT", "Quit"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGILL)
+  ENTRY(SIGILL, "SIGILL", "Illegal instruction"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTRAP)
+  ENTRY(SIGTRAP, "SIGTRAP", "Trace/breakpoint trap"),
+#endif
+/* Put SIGIOT before SIGABRT, so that if SIGIOT==SIGABRT then SIGABRT
+   overrides SIGIOT.  SIGABRT is in ANSI and POSIX.1, and SIGIOT isn't. */
+#if defined (SIGIOT)
+  ENTRY(SIGIOT, "SIGIOT", "IOT trap"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGABRT)
+  ENTRY(SIGABRT, "SIGABRT", "Aborted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGEMT)
+  ENTRY(SIGEMT, "SIGEMT", "Emulation trap"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGFPE)
+  ENTRY(SIGFPE, "SIGFPE", "Arithmetic exception"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGKILL)
+  ENTRY(SIGKILL, "SIGKILL", "Killed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGBUS)
+  ENTRY(SIGBUS, "SIGBUS", "Bus error"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSEGV)
+  ENTRY(SIGSEGV, "SIGSEGV", "Segmentation fault"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSYS)
+  ENTRY(SIGSYS, "SIGSYS", "Bad system call"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPIPE)
+  ENTRY(SIGPIPE, "SIGPIPE", "Broken pipe"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGALRM)
+  ENTRY(SIGALRM, "SIGALRM", "Alarm clock"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTERM)
+  ENTRY(SIGTERM, "SIGTERM", "Terminated"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGUSR1)
+  ENTRY(SIGUSR1, "SIGUSR1", "User defined signal 1"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGUSR2)
+  ENTRY(SIGUSR2, "SIGUSR2", "User defined signal 2"),
+#endif
+/* Put SIGCLD before SIGCHLD, so that if SIGCLD==SIGCHLD then SIGCHLD
+   overrides SIGCLD.  SIGCHLD is in POXIX.1 */
+#if defined (SIGCLD)
+  ENTRY(SIGCLD, "SIGCLD", "Child status changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGCHLD)
+  ENTRY(SIGCHLD, "SIGCHLD", "Child status changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPWR)
+  ENTRY(SIGPWR, "SIGPWR", "Power fail/restart"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWINCH)
+  ENTRY(SIGWINCH, "SIGWINCH", "Window size changed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGURG)
+  ENTRY(SIGURG, "SIGURG", "Urgent I/O condition"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGIO)
+  /* "I/O pending" has also been suggested, but is misleading since the
+     signal only happens when the process has asked for it, not everytime
+     I/O is pending. */
+  ENTRY(SIGIO, "SIGIO", "I/O possible"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPOLL)
+  ENTRY(SIGPOLL, "SIGPOLL", "Pollable event occurred"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSTOP)
+  ENTRY(SIGSTOP, "SIGSTOP", "Stopped (signal)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTSTP)
+  ENTRY(SIGTSTP, "SIGTSTP", "Stopped (user)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGCONT)
+  ENTRY(SIGCONT, "SIGCONT", "Continued"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTTIN)
+  ENTRY(SIGTTIN, "SIGTTIN", "Stopped (tty input)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGTTOU)
+  ENTRY(SIGTTOU, "SIGTTOU", "Stopped (tty output)"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGVTALRM)
+  ENTRY(SIGVTALRM, "SIGVTALRM", "Virtual timer expired"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPROF)
+  ENTRY(SIGPROF, "SIGPROF", "Profiling timer expired"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGXCPU)
+  ENTRY(SIGXCPU, "SIGXCPU", "CPU time limit exceeded"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGXFSZ)
+  ENTRY(SIGXFSZ, "SIGXFSZ", "File size limit exceeded"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWIND)
+  ENTRY(SIGWIND, "SIGWIND", "SIGWIND"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGPHONE)
+  ENTRY(SIGPHONE, "SIGPHONE", "SIGPHONE"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGLOST)
+  ENTRY(SIGLOST, "SIGLOST", "Resource lost"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGWAITING)
+  ENTRY(SIGWAITING, "SIGWAITING", "Process's LWPs are blocked"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGLWP)
+  ENTRY(SIGLWP, "SIGLWP", "Signal LWP"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGDANGER)
+  ENTRY(SIGDANGER, "SIGDANGER", "Swap space dangerously low"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGGRANT)
+  ENTRY(SIGGRANT, "SIGGRANT", "Monitor mode granted"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGRETRACT)
+  ENTRY(SIGRETRACT, "SIGRETRACT", "Need to relinguish monitor mode"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGMSG)
+  ENTRY(SIGMSG, "SIGMSG", "Monitor mode data available"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSOUND)
+  ENTRY(SIGSOUND, "SIGSOUND", "Sound completed"),
+#endif
+#if defined (SIGSAK)
+  ENTRY(SIGSAK, "SIGSAK", "Secure attention"),
+#endif
+  ENTRY(0, NULL, NULL)
+};
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime.  Indexed by the
+   signal value to find the equivalent symbolic value. */
+
+static const char **signal_names;
+static int num_signal_names = 0;
+
+/* Translation table allocated and initialized at runtime, if it does not
+   already exist in the host environment.  Indexed by the signal value to find
+   the descriptive string.
+
+   We don't export it for use in other modules because even though it has the
+   same name, it differs from other implementations in that it is dynamically
+   initialized rather than statically initialized. */
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+
+static int sys_nsig;
+static const char **sys_siglist;
+
+#else
+
+static int sys_nsig = NSIG;
+extern const char * const sys_siglist[];
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	init_signal_tables -- initialize the name and message tables
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	static void init_signal_tables ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Using the signal_table, which is initialized at compile time, generate
+	the signal_names and the sys_siglist (if needed) tables, which are
+	indexed at runtime by a specific signal value.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The initialization of the tables may fail under low memory conditions,
+	in which case we don't do anything particularly useful, but we don't
+	bomb either.  Who knows, it might succeed at a later point if we free
+	some memory in the meantime.  In any case, the other routines know
+	how to deal with lack of a table after trying to initialize it.  This
+	may or may not be considered to be a bug, that we don't specifically
+	warn about this particular failure mode.
+
+*/
+
+static void
+init_signal_tables ()
+{
+  const struct signal_info *eip;
+  int nbytes;
+
+  /* If we haven't already scanned the signal_table once to find the maximum
+     signal value, then go find it now. */
+
+  if (num_signal_names == 0)
+    {
+      for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	{
+	  if (eip -> value >= num_signal_names)
+	    {
+	      num_signal_names = eip -> value + 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the signal_names table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized signal_table. */
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_signal_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((signal_names = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (signal_names, 0, nbytes);
+	  for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      signal_names[eip -> value] = eip -> name;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+
+  /* Now attempt to allocate the sys_siglist table, zero it out, and then
+     initialize it from the statically initialized signal_table. */
+
+  if (sys_siglist == NULL)
+    {
+      nbytes = num_signal_names * sizeof (char *);
+      if ((sys_siglist = (const char **) malloc (nbytes)) != NULL)
+	{
+	  memset (sys_siglist, 0, nbytes);
+	  sys_nsig = num_signal_names;
+	  for (eip = signal_table; eip -> name != NULL; eip++)
+	    {
+	      sys_siglist[eip -> value] = eip -> msg;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	signo_max -- return the max signo value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int signo_max ();
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Returns the maximum signo value for which a corresponding symbolic
+	name or message is available.  Note that in the case where
+	we use the sys_siglist supplied by the system, it is possible for
+	there to be more symbolic names than messages, or vice versa.
+	In fact, the manual page for psignal(3b) explicitly warns that one
+	should check the size of the table (NSIG) before indexing it,
+	since new signal codes may be added to the system before they are
+	added to the table.  Thus NSIG might be smaller than value
+	implied by the largest signo value defined in <signal.h>.
+
+	We return the maximum value that can be used to obtain a meaningful
+	symbolic name or message.
+
+*/
+
+int
+signo_max ()
+{
+  int maxsize;
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+  maxsize = MAX (sys_nsig, num_signal_names);
+  return (maxsize - 1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strsignal -- map a signal number to a signal message string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	const char *strsignal (int signo)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Maps an signal number to an signal message string, the contents of
+	which are implementation defined.  On systems which have the external
+	variable sys_siglist, these strings will be the same as the ones used
+	by psignal().
+
+	If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices
+	for the sys_siglist, but no message is available for the particular
+	signal number, then returns the string "Signal NUM", where NUM is the
+	signal number.
+
+	If the supplied signal number is not a valid index into sys_siglist,
+	returns NULL.
+
+	The returned string is only guaranteed to be valid only until the
+	next call to strsignal.
+
+*/
+
+const char *
+strsignal (signo)
+  int signo;
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+#ifdef NEED_sys_siglist
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if ((signo < 0) || (signo >= sys_nsig))
+    {
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      msg = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((sys_siglist == NULL) || (sys_siglist[signo] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no sys_siglist or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signo);
+      msg = (const char *) buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid message.  Just return the message. */
+      msg = (const char *) sys_siglist[signo];
+    }
+  
+  return (msg);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strsigno -- map an signal number to a symbolic name string
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	const char *strsigno (int signo)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given an signal number, returns a pointer to a string containing
+	the symbolic name of that signal number, as found in <signal.h>.
+
+	If the supplied signal number is within the valid range of indices
+	for symbolic names, but no name is available for the particular
+	signal number, then returns the string "Signal NUM", where NUM is
+	the signal number.
+
+	If the supplied signal number is not within the range of valid
+	indices, then returns NULL.
+
+BUGS
+
+	The contents of the location pointed to are only guaranteed to be
+	valid until the next call to strsigno.
+
+*/
+
+const char *
+strsigno (signo)
+  int signo;
+{
+  const char *name;
+  static char buf[32];
+
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+
+  if ((signo < 0) || (signo >= num_signal_names))
+    {
+      /* Out of range, just return NULL */
+      name = NULL;
+    }
+  else if ((signal_names == NULL) || (signal_names[signo] == NULL))
+    {
+      /* In range, but no signal_names or no entry at this index. */
+      sprintf (buf, "Signal %d", signo);
+      name = (const char *) buf;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* In range, and a valid name.  Just return the name. */
+      name = signal_names[signo];
+    }
+
+  return (name);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strtosigno -- map a symbolic signal name to a numeric value
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	int strtosigno (char *name)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Given the symbolic name of a signal, map it to a signal number.
+	If no translation is found, returns 0.
+
+*/
+
+int
+strtosigno (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  int signo = 0;
+
+  if (name != NULL)
+    {
+      if (signal_names == NULL)
+	{
+	  init_signal_tables ();
+	}
+      for (signo = 0; signo < num_signal_names; signo++)
+	{
+	  if ((signal_names[signo] != NULL) &&
+	      (strcmp (name, signal_names[signo]) == 0))
+	    {
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (signo == num_signal_names)
+	{
+	  signo = 0;
+	}
+    }
+  return (signo);
+}
+
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	psignal -- print message about signal to stderr
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	void psignal (unsigned signo, char *message);
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Print to the standard error the message, followed by a colon,
+	followed by the description of the signal specified by signo,
+	followed by a newline.
+*/
+
+#ifdef NEED_psignal
+
+void
+psignal (signo, message)
+  unsigned signo;
+  char *message;
+{
+  if (signal_names == NULL)
+    {
+      init_signal_tables ();
+    }
+  if ((signo <= 0) || (signo >= sys_nsig))
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unknown signal\n", message);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", message, sys_siglist[signo]);
+    }
+}
+
+#endif	/* NEED_psignal */
+
+
+/* A simple little main that does nothing but print all the signal translations
+   if MAIN is defined and this file is compiled and linked. */
+
+#ifdef MAIN
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  int signo;
+  int maxsigno;
+  const char *name;
+  const char *msg;
+
+  maxsigno = signo_max ();
+  printf ("%d entries in names table.\n", num_signal_names);
+  printf ("%d entries in messages table.\n", sys_nsig);
+  printf ("%d is max useful index.\n", maxsigno);
+
+  /* Keep printing values until we get to the end of *both* tables, not
+     *either* table.  Note that knowing the maximum useful index does *not*
+     relieve us of the responsibility of testing the return pointer for
+     NULL. */
+
+  for (signo = 0; signo <= maxsigno; signo++)
+    {
+      name = strsigno (signo);
+      name = (name == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : name;
+      msg = strsignal (signo);
+      msg = (msg == NULL) ? "<NULL>" : msg;
+      printf ("%-4d%-18s%s\n", signo, name, msg);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strstr.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fab36e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Simple implementation of strstr for systems without it.
+   This function is in the public domain.  */
+
+/*
+
+NAME
+
+	strstr -- locate first occurance of a substring
+
+SYNOPSIS
+
+	#include <string.h>
+
+	char *strstr (char *s1, char *s2)
+
+DESCRIPTION
+
+	Locates the first occurance in the string pointed to by S1 of
+	the string pointed to by S2.  Returns a pointer to the substring
+	found, or a NULL pointer if not found.  If S2 points to a string
+	with zero length, the function returns S1.
+	
+BUGS
+
+*/
+
+
+/* FIXME:  The above description is ANSI compiliant.  This routine has not
+   been validated to comply with it.  -fnf */
+
+char *
+strstr (s1, s2)
+  char *s1, *s2;
+{
+  register char *p = s1;
+  extern char *strchr ();
+  extern int strncmp ();
+#if __GNUC__==2
+  extern __SIZE_TYPE__ strlen ();
+#endif
+  register int len = strlen (s2);
+
+  for (; (p = strchr (p, *s2)) != 0; p++)
+    {
+      if (strncmp (p, s2, len) == 0)
+	{
+	  return (p);
+	}
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtod.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtod.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86c73d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtod.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* Implementation of strtod for systems with atof.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+extern double atof ();
+
+/* Disclaimer: this is currently just used by CHILL in GDB and therefore
+   has not been tested well.  It may have been tested for nothing except
+   that it compiles.  */
+
+double
+strtod (str, ptr)
+     char *str;
+     char **ptr;
+{
+  char *p;
+
+  if (ptr == (char **)0)
+    return atof (str);
+  
+  p = str;
+  
+  while (isspace (*p))
+    ++p;
+  
+  if (*p == '+' || *p == '-')
+    ++p;
+
+  /* INF or INFINITY.  */
+  if ((p[0] == 'i' || p[0] == 'I')
+      && (p[1] == 'n' || p[1] == 'N')
+      && (p[2] == 'f' || p[2] == 'F'))
+    {
+      if ((p[3] == 'i' || p[3] == 'I')
+	  && (p[4] == 'n' || p[4] == 'N')
+	  && (p[5] == 'i' || p[5] == 'I')
+	  && (p[6] == 't' || p[6] == 'T')
+	  && (p[7] == 'y' || p[7] == 'Y'))
+	{
+	  *ptr = p + 7;
+	  return atof (str);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  *ptr = p + 3;
+	  return atof (str);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* NAN or NAN(foo).  */
+  if ((p[0] == 'n' || p[0] == 'N')
+      && (p[1] == 'a' || p[1] == 'A')
+      && (p[2] == 'n' || p[2] == 'N'))
+    {
+      p += 3;
+      if (*p == '(')
+	{
+	  ++p;
+	  while (*p != '\0' && *p != ')')
+	    ++p;
+	  if (*p == ')')
+	    ++p;
+	}
+      *ptr = p;
+      return atof (str);
+    }
+
+  /* digits, with 0 or 1 periods in it.  */
+  if (isdigit (*p) || *p == '.')
+    {
+      int got_dot = 0;
+      while (isdigit (*p) || (!got_dot && *p == '.'))
+	{
+	  if (*p == '.')
+	    got_dot = 1;
+	  ++p;
+	}
+
+      /* Exponent.  */
+      if (*p == 'e' || *p == 'E')
+	{
+	  int i;
+	  i = 1;
+	  if (p[i] == '+' || p[i] == '-')
+	    ++i;
+	  if (isdigit (p[i]))
+	    {
+	      while (isdigit (p[i]))
+		++i;
+	      *ptr = p + i;
+	      return atof (str);
+	    }
+	}
+      *ptr = p;
+      return atof (str);
+    }
+  /* Didn't find any digits.  Doesn't look like a number.  */
+  *ptr = str;
+  return 0.0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtol.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db27ee0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if 0
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+/* FIXME: It'd be nice to configure around these, but the include files are too
+   painful.  These macros should at least be more portable than hardwired hex
+   constants. */
+
+#ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+#define	LONG_MAX	((long)(ULONG_MAX >> 1))	/* 0x7FFFFFFF */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LONG_MIN
+#define	LONG_MIN	((long)(~LONG_MAX))		/* 0x80000000 */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string to a long integer.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+long
+strtol(nptr, endptr, base)
+	CONST char *nptr;
+	char **endptr;
+	register int base;
+{
+	register CONST char *s = nptr;
+	register unsigned long acc;
+	register int c;
+	register unsigned long cutoff;
+	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
+
+	/*
+	 * Skip white space and pick up leading +/- sign if any.
+	 * If base is 0, allow 0x for hex and 0 for octal, else
+	 * assume decimal; if base is already 16, allow 0x.
+	 */
+	do {
+		c = *s++;
+	} while (isspace(c));
+	if (c == '-') {
+		neg = 1;
+		c = *s++;
+	} else if (c == '+')
+		c = *s++;
+	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+		c = s[1];
+		s += 2;
+		base = 16;
+	}
+	if (base == 0)
+		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+
+	/*
+	 * Compute the cutoff value between legal numbers and illegal
+	 * numbers.  That is the largest legal value, divided by the
+	 * base.  An input number that is greater than this value, if
+	 * followed by a legal input character, is too big.  One that
+	 * is equal to this value may be valid or not; the limit
+	 * between valid and invalid numbers is then based on the last
+	 * digit.  For instance, if the range for longs is
+	 * [-2147483648..2147483647] and the input base is 10,
+	 * cutoff will be set to 214748364 and cutlim to either
+	 * 7 (neg==0) or 8 (neg==1), meaning that if we have accumulated
+	 * a value > 214748364, or equal but the next digit is > 7 (or 8),
+	 * the number is too big, and we will return a range error.
+	 *
+	 * Set any if any `digits' consumed; make it negative to indicate
+	 * overflow.
+	 */
+	cutoff = neg ? -(unsigned long)LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+	cutlim = cutoff % (unsigned long)base;
+	cutoff /= (unsigned long)base;
+	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+		if (isdigit(c))
+			c -= '0';
+		else if (isalpha(c))
+			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+		else
+			break;
+		if (c >= base)
+			break;
+		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
+			any = -1;
+		else {
+			any = 1;
+			acc *= base;
+			acc += c;
+		}
+	}
+	if (any < 0) {
+		acc = neg ? LONG_MIN : LONG_MAX;
+		errno = ERANGE;
+	} else if (neg)
+		acc = -acc;
+	if (endptr != 0)
+		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+	return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtoul.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4090245
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#if 0
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+
+#ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#define	ULONG_MAX	((unsigned long)(~0L))		/* 0xFFFFFFFF */
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Convert a string to an unsigned long integer.
+ *
+ * Ignores `locale' stuff.  Assumes that the upper and lower case
+ * alphabets and digits are each contiguous.
+ */
+unsigned long
+strtoul(nptr, endptr, base)
+	CONST char *nptr;
+	char **endptr;
+	register int base;
+{
+	register CONST char *s = nptr;
+	register unsigned long acc;
+	register int c;
+	register unsigned long cutoff;
+	register int neg = 0, any, cutlim;
+
+	/*
+	 * See strtol for comments as to the logic used.
+	 */
+	do {
+		c = *s++;
+	} while (isspace(c));
+	if (c == '-') {
+		neg = 1;
+		c = *s++;
+	} else if (c == '+')
+		c = *s++;
+	if ((base == 0 || base == 16) &&
+	    c == '0' && (*s == 'x' || *s == 'X')) {
+		c = s[1];
+		s += 2;
+		base = 16;
+	}
+	if (base == 0)
+		base = c == '0' ? 8 : 10;
+	cutoff = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX / (unsigned long)base;
+	cutlim = (unsigned long)ULONG_MAX % (unsigned long)base;
+	for (acc = 0, any = 0;; c = *s++) {
+		if (isdigit(c))
+			c -= '0';
+		else if (isalpha(c))
+			c -= isupper(c) ? 'A' - 10 : 'a' - 10;
+		else
+			break;
+		if (c >= base)
+			break;
+		if (any < 0 || acc > cutoff || acc == cutoff && c > cutlim)
+			any = -1;
+		else {
+			any = 1;
+			acc *= base;
+			acc += c;
+		}
+	}
+	if (any < 0) {
+		acc = ULONG_MAX;
+		errno = ERANGE;
+	} else if (neg)
+		acc = -acc;
+	if (endptr != 0)
+		*endptr = (char *) (any ? s - 1 : nptr);
+	return (acc);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/tmpnam.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/tmpnam.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c061467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/tmpnam.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef L_tmpnam
+#define L_tmpname 100
+#endif
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+#define P_tmpdir "/usr/tmp"
+#endif
+
+static char tmpnam_buffer[L_tmpnam];
+static int tmpnam_counter;
+
+extern int getpid ();
+
+char *
+tmpnam (s)
+     char *s;
+{
+  int pid = getpid ();
+
+  if (s == NULL)
+    s = tmpnam_buffer;
+
+  /*  Generate the filename and make sure that there isn't one called
+      it already.  */
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      FILE *f;
+      sprintf (s, "%s/%s%x.%x", P_tmpdir, "t", pid, tmpnam_counter);
+      f = fopen (s, "r");
+      if (f == NULL)
+	break;
+      tmpnam_counter++;
+      fclose (f);
+    }
+
+  return s;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vasprintf.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vasprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3794cbd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vasprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/* Like vsprintf but provides a pointer to malloc'd storage, which must
+   be freed by the caller.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+int global_total_width;
+#endif
+
+unsigned long strtoul ();
+char *malloc ();
+
+static int
+int_vasprintf (result, format, args)
+     char **result;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list *args;
+{
+  const char *p = format;
+  /* Add one to make sure that it is never zero, which might cause malloc
+     to return NULL.  */
+  int total_width = strlen (format) + 1;
+  va_list ap;
+
+  memcpy ((PTR) &ap, (PTR) args, sizeof (va_list));
+
+  while (*p != '\0')
+    {
+      if (*p++ == '%')
+	{
+	  while (strchr ("-+ #0", *p))
+	    ++p;
+	  if (*p == '*')
+	    {
+	      ++p;
+	      total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
+	    }
+	  else
+	    total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
+	  if (*p == '.')
+	    {
+	      ++p;
+	      if (*p == '*')
+		{
+		  ++p;
+		  total_width += abs (va_arg (ap, int));
+		}
+	      else
+	      total_width += strtoul (p, &p, 10);
+	    }
+	  while (strchr ("hlL", *p))
+	    ++p;
+	  /* Should be big enough for any format specifier except %s.  */
+	  total_width += 30;
+	  switch (*p)
+	    {
+	    case 'd':
+	    case 'i':
+	    case 'o':
+	    case 'u':
+	    case 'x':
+	    case 'X':
+	    case 'c':
+	      (void) va_arg (ap, int);
+	      break;
+	    case 'f':
+	    case 'e':
+	    case 'E':
+	    case 'g':
+	    case 'G':
+	      (void) va_arg (ap, double);
+	      break;
+	    case 's':
+	      total_width += strlen (va_arg (ap, char *));
+	      break;
+	    case 'p':
+	    case 'n':
+	      (void) va_arg (ap, char *);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+#ifdef TEST
+  global_total_width = total_width;
+#endif
+  *result = malloc (total_width);
+  if (*result != NULL)
+    return vsprintf (*result, format, *args);
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+vasprintf (result, format, args)
+     char **result;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list args;
+{
+  return int_vasprintf (result, format, &args);
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+void
+checkit
+#ifdef __STDC__
+     (const char* format, ...)
+#else
+     (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list args;
+  char *result;
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+  va_start (args, format);
+#else
+  char *format;
+  va_start (args);
+  format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+  vasprintf (&result, format, args);
+  if (strlen (result) < global_total_width)
+    printf ("PASS: ");
+  else
+    printf ("FAIL: ");
+  printf ("%d %s\n", global_total_width, result);
+}
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  checkit ("%d", 0x12345678);
+  checkit ("%200d", 5);
+  checkit ("%.300d", 6);
+  checkit ("%100.150d", 7);
+  checkit ("%s", "jjjjjjjjjiiiiiiiiiiiiiiioooooooooooooooooppppppppppppaa\n\
+777777777777777777333333333333366666666666622222222222777777777777733333");
+  checkit ("%f%s%d%s", 1.0, "foo", 77, "asdjffffffffffffffiiiiiiiiiiixxxxx");
+}
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vfork.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vfork.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86c4591
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vfork.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+/* Emulate vfork using just plain fork, for systems without a real vfork.
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+int
+vfork ()
+{
+  return (fork ());
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vfprintf.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vfprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce3fdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vfprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <varargs.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#undef vfprintf
+
+int
+vfprintf (file, format, ap)
+     FILE *file;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+   return _doprnt (format, ap, file);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vmsbuild.com b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vmsbuild.com
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1c203f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vmsbuild.com
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+$! libiberty/vmsbuild.com -- build liberty.olb for VMS host, VMS target
+$!
+$ CC	= "gcc /noVerbose/Debug/Incl=([],[-.include])"
+$ LIBR	= "library /Obj"
+$ LINK	= "link"
+$ DELETE= "delete /noConfirm"
+$ SEARCH= "search /Exact"
+$ ECHO	= "write sys$output"
+$ ABORT	= "exit %x002C"
+$!
+$ LIB_NAME = "liberty.olb"	!this is what we're going to construct
+$ WORK_LIB = "new-lib.olb"	!used to guard against an incomplete build
+$
+$! manually copied from Makefile.in
+$ REQUIRED_OFILES = "argv.o basename.o concat.o cplus-dem.o fdmatch.o "-
+	+ "getopt.o getopt1.o getruntime.o hex.o "-
+	+ "floatformat.o obstack.o spaces.o strerror.o strsignal.o "-
+	+ "vasprintf.o xatexit.o xexit.o xmalloc.o xstrerror.o"
+$! anything not caught by link+search of dummy.* should be added here
+$ EXTRA_OFILES = ""
+$!
+$! move to the directory which contains this command procedure
+$ old_dir = f$environ("DEFAULT")
+$ new_dir = f$parse("_._;",f$environ("PROCEDURE")) - "_._;"
+$ set default 'new_dir'
+$
+$ ECHO "Starting libiberty build..."
+$ create config.h
+/* libiberty config.h for VMS */
+#define NEED_sys_siglist
+#define NEED_psignal
+#define NEED_basename
+$ if f$search("alloca-conf.h").eqs."" then -
+	copy alloca-norm.h alloca-conf.h
+$ LIBR 'WORK_LIB' /Create
+$
+$! first pass: compile "required" modules
+$ ofiles = REQUIRED_OFILES + " " + EXTRA_OFILES
+$ gosub do_ofiles
+$
+$! second pass: process dummy.c, using the first pass' results
+$ ECHO " now checking run-time library for missing functionality"
+$ if f$search("dummy.obj").nes."" then  DELETE dummy.obj;*
+$ define/noLog sys$error _NL:	!can't use /User_Mode here due to gcc
+$ define/noLog sys$output _NL:	! driver's use of multiple image activation
+$ on error then continue
+$ 'CC' dummy.c
+$ deassign sys$error   !restore, more or less
+$ deassign sys$output
+$ if f$search("dummy.obj").eqs."" then  goto pass2_failure1
+$! link dummy.obj, capturing full linker feedback in dummy.map
+$ oldmsg = f$environ("MESSAGE")
+$ set message /Facility/Severity/Identification/Text
+$ define/User sys$output _NL:
+$ define/User sys$error _NL:
+$ LINK/Map=dummy.map/noExe dummy.obj,'WORK_LIB'/Libr,-
+	gnu_cc:[000000]gcclib.olb/Libr,sys$library:vaxcrtl.olb/Libr
+$ set message 'oldmsg'
+$ if f$search("dummy.map").eqs."" then  goto pass2_failure2
+$ DELETE dummy.obj;*
+$ SEARCH dummy.map "%LINK-I-UDFSYM" /Output=dummy.list
+$ DELETE dummy.map;*
+$ ECHO " check completed"
+$! we now have a file with one entry per line of unresolvable symbols
+$ ofiles = ""
+$ if f$trnlnm("IFILE$").nes."" then  close/noLog ifile$
+$	open/Read ifile$ dummy.list
+$iloop: read/End=idone ifile$ iline
+$	iline = f$edit(iline,"COMPRESS,TRIM,LOWERCASE")
+$	ofiles = ofiles + " " + f$element(1," ",iline) + ".o"
+$	goto iloop
+$idone: close ifile$
+$ DELETE dummy.list;*
+$
+$! third pass: compile "missing" modules collected in pass 2
+$ gosub do_ofiles
+$
+$! finish up
+$ LIBR 'WORK_LIB' /Compress /Output='LIB_NAME'	!new-lib.olb -> liberty.olb
+$ DELETE 'WORK_LIB';*
+$
+$! all done
+$ ECHO "Completed libiberty build."
+$ type sys$input:
+
+  You many wish to do
+  $ COPY LIBERTY.OLB GNU_CC:[000000]
+  so that this run-time library resides in the same location as gcc's
+  support library.  When building gas, be sure to leave the original
+  copy of liberty.olb here so that gas's build procedure can find it.
+
+$ set default 'old_dir'
+$ exit
+$
+$!
+$! compile each element of the space-delimited list 'ofiles'
+$!
+$do_ofiles:
+$ ofiles = f$edit(ofiles,"COMPRESS,TRIM")
+$ i = 0
+$oloop:
+$ f = f$element(i," ",ofiles)
+$ if f.eqs." " then  goto odone
+$ f = f - ".o"	!strip dummy suffix
+$ ECHO "  ''f'"
+$ 'CC' 'f'.c
+$ LIBR 'WORK_LIB' 'f'.obj /Insert
+$ DELETE 'f'.obj;*
+$ i = i + 1
+$ goto oloop
+$odone:
+$ return
+$
+$!
+$pass2_failure1:
+$! if we reach here, dummy.c failed to compile and we're really stuck
+$ type sys$input:
+
+  Cannot compile the library contents checker (dummy.c + functions.def),
+  so cannot continue!
+
+$! attempt the compile again, without suppressing diagnostic messages this time
+$ on error then ABORT +0*f$verify(v)
+$ v = f$verify(1)
+$ 'CC' dummy.c
+$ ABORT +0*f$verify(v)	!'f$verify(0)'
+$!
+$pass2_failure2:
+$! should never reach here..
+$ type sys$input:
+
+  Cannot link the library contents checker (dummy.obj), so cannot continue!
+
+$! attempt the link again, without suppressing diagnostic messages this time
+$ on error then ABORT +0*f$verify(v)
+$ v = f$verify(1)
+$ LINK/Map=dummy.map/noExe dummy.obj,'WORK_LIB'/Libr,-
+	gnu_cc:[000000]gcclib.olb/Libr,sys$library:vaxcrtl.olb/Libr
+$ ABORT +0*f$verify(v)	!'f$verify(0)'
+$
+$! not reached
+$ exit
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vprintf.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..63ac53c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <varargs.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#undef vprintf
+int
+vprintf (format, ap)
+     const char *format;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+  return vfprintf (stdout, format, ap);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vsprintf.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vsprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf0760c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/vsprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Simple implementation of vsprintf for systems without it.
+   Highly system-dependent, but should work on most "traditional"
+   implementations of stdio; newer ones should already have vsprintf.
+   Written by Per Bothner of Cygnus Support.
+   Based on libg++'s "form" (written by Doug Lea; dl@rocky.oswego.edu).
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.  This library is free
+software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
+terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+
+As a special exception, if you link this library with files
+compiled with a GNU compiler to produce an executable, this does not cause
+the resulting executable to be covered by the GNU General Public License.
+This exception does not however invalidate any other reasons why
+the executable file might be covered by the GNU General Public License. */
+
+#include <varargs.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+#undef vsprintf
+
+int
+vsprintf (buf, format, ap)
+     char *buf;
+     const char *format;
+     va_list ap;
+{
+  FILE b;
+  int ret;
+#ifdef VMS
+  b->_flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG;
+  b->_ptr = buf;
+  b->_cnt = 12000;
+#else
+  b._flag = _IOWRT|_IOSTRG;
+  b._ptr = buf;
+  b._cnt = 12000;
+#endif
+  ret = _doprnt(format, ap, &b);
+  putc('\0', &b);
+  return ret;
+
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/waitpid.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/waitpid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23db0b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/waitpid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+int
+waitpid (pid, stat_loc, options)
+	int pid, *stat_loc, options;
+{
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      int wpid = wait(stat_loc);
+      if (wpid == pid || wpid == -1)
+	return wpid;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xatexit.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xatexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7dd27e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xatexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * %sccs.include.redist.c%
+ */
+
+/* Adapted from newlib/libc/stdlib/{,at}exit.[ch].
+   If you use xatexit, you must call xexit instead of exit.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, this must be declared.  */
+PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+
+static void xatexit_cleanup PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Pointer to function run by xexit.  */
+extern void (*_xexit_cleanup) ();
+
+#define	XATEXIT_SIZE 32
+
+struct xatexit {
+	struct	xatexit *next;		/* next in list */
+	int	ind;			/* next index in this table */
+	void	(*fns[XATEXIT_SIZE]) PARAMS ((void));	/* the table itself */
+};
+
+/* Allocate one struct statically to guarantee that we can register
+   at least a few handlers.  */
+static struct xatexit xatexit_first;
+
+/* Points to head of LIFO stack.  */
+static struct xatexit *xatexit_head = &xatexit_first;
+
+/* Register function FN to be run by xexit.
+   Return 0 if successful, -1 if not.  */
+
+int
+xatexit (fn)
+     void (*fn) PARAMS ((void));
+{
+  register struct xatexit *p;
+
+  /* Tell xexit to call xatexit_cleanup.  */
+  if (!_xexit_cleanup)
+    _xexit_cleanup = xatexit_cleanup;
+
+  p = xatexit_head;
+  if (p->ind >= XATEXIT_SIZE)
+    {
+      if ((p = (struct xatexit *) malloc (sizeof *p)) == NULL)
+	return -1;
+      p->ind = 0;
+      p->next = xatexit_head;
+      xatexit_head = p;
+    }
+  p->fns[p->ind++] = fn;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Call any cleanup functions.  */
+
+static void
+xatexit_cleanup ()
+{
+  register struct xatexit *p;
+  register int n;
+
+  for (p = xatexit_head; p; p = p->next)
+    for (n = p->ind; --n >= 0;)
+      (*p->fns[n]) ();
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xexit.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xexit.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98baeca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* xexit.c -- Run any exit handlers, then exit.
+   Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* This variable is set by xatexit if it is called.  This way, xmalloc
+   doesn't drag xatexit into the link.  */
+void (*_xexit_cleanup) ();
+
+void
+xexit (code)
+     int code;
+{
+  if (_xexit_cleanup != NULL)
+    (*_xexit_cleanup) ();
+  exit (code);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xmalloc.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95967ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* memory allocation routines with error checking.
+   Copyright 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   
+This file is part of the libiberty library.
+Libiberty is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+Libiberty is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+Library General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+License along with libiberty; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stddef.h>
+#else
+#define size_t unsigned long
+#endif
+
+/* For systems with larger pointers than ints, these must be declared.  */
+PTR malloc PARAMS ((size_t));
+PTR realloc PARAMS ((PTR, size_t));
+
+/* The program name if set.  */
+static const char *name = "";
+
+/* The initial sbrk, set when the program name is set.  */
+static char *first_break = NULL;
+
+void
+xmalloc_set_program_name (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  name = s;
+  if (first_break == NULL)
+    first_break = (char *) sbrk (0);
+}
+
+PTR
+xmalloc (size)
+    size_t size;
+{
+  PTR newmem;
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    size = 1;
+  newmem = malloc (size);
+  if (!newmem)
+    {
+      extern char **environ;
+      size_t allocated;
+
+      if (first_break != NULL)
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - first_break;
+      else
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - (char *) &environ;
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "\n%s%sCan not allocate %lu bytes after allocating %lu bytes\n",
+	       name, *name ? ": " : "",
+	       (unsigned long) size, (unsigned long) allocated);
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+  return (newmem);
+}
+
+PTR
+xrealloc (oldmem, size)
+    PTR oldmem;
+    size_t size;
+{
+  PTR newmem;
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    size = 1;
+  if (!oldmem)
+    newmem = malloc (size);
+  else
+    newmem = realloc (oldmem, size);
+  if (!newmem)
+    {
+      extern char **environ;
+      size_t allocated;
+
+      if (first_break != NULL)
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - first_break;
+      else
+	allocated = (char *) sbrk (0) - (char *) &environ;
+      fprintf (stderr,
+	       "\n%s%sCan not reallocate %lu bytes after allocating %lu bytes\n",
+	       name, *name ? ": " : "",
+	       (unsigned long) size, (unsigned long) allocated);
+      xexit (1);
+    }
+  return (newmem);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xstrdup.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xstrdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d08bc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xstrdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* xstrdup.c -- Duplicate a string in memory, using xmalloc.
+   This trivial function is in the public domain.
+   Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, December 1995.  */
+
+#include "ansidecl.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+char *
+xstrdup (s)
+     const char *s;
+{
+  char *ret;
+
+  ret = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 1);
+  strcpy (ret, s);
+  return ret;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xstrerror.c b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xstrerror.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d05369a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/gdb/libiberty/xstrerror.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* xstrerror.c -- jacket routine for more robust strerror() usage.
+   Fri Jun 16 18:30:00 1995  Pat Rankin  <rankin@eql.caltech.edu>
+   This code is in the public domain.  */
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "config.h"
+
+#ifdef VMS
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (__STRICT_ANSI__) && !defined (__HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES)
+extern char *strerror PARAMS ((int,...));
+#define DONT_DECLARE_STRERROR
+#endif
+#endif	/* VMS */
+
+#ifndef DONT_DECLARE_STRERROR
+extern char *strerror PARAMS ((int));
+#endif
+
+/* If strerror returns NULL, we'll format the number into a static buffer.  */
+
+#define ERRSTR_FMT "undocumented error #%d"
+static char xstrerror_buf[sizeof ERRSTR_FMT + 20];
+
+/* Like strerror, but result is never a null pointer.  */
+
+char *
+xstrerror (errnum)
+     int errnum;
+{
+  char *errstr;
+#ifdef VMS
+  char *(*vmslib_strerror) PARAMS ((int,...));
+
+  /* Override any possibly-conflicting declaration from system header.  */
+  vmslib_strerror = (char *(*) PARAMS ((int,...))) strerror;
+  /* Second argument matters iff first is EVMSERR, but it's simpler to
+     pass it unconditionally.  `vaxc$errno' is declared in <errno.h>
+     and maintained by the run-time library in parallel to `errno'.
+     We assume that `errnum' corresponds to the last value assigned to
+     errno by the run-time library, hence vaxc$errno will be relevant.  */
+  errstr = (*vmslib_strerror) (errnum, vaxc$errno);
+#else
+  errstr = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+  /* If `errnum' is out of range, result might be NULL.  We'll fix that.  */
+  if (!errstr)
+    {
+      sprintf (xstrerror_buf, ERRSTR_FMT, errnum);
+      errstr = xstrerror_buf;
+    }
+  return errstr;
+}